WO2014089835A1 - Bearer processing method, apparatus and system - Google Patents

Bearer processing method, apparatus and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014089835A1
WO2014089835A1 PCT/CN2012/086682 CN2012086682W WO2014089835A1 WO 2014089835 A1 WO2014089835 A1 WO 2014089835A1 CN 2012086682 W CN2012086682 W CN 2012086682W WO 2014089835 A1 WO2014089835 A1 WO 2014089835A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
bearer
network element
element node
bearer information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2012/086682
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
靳维生
黄英
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2012/086682 priority Critical patent/WO2014089835A1/en
Priority to CN201280002507.XA priority patent/CN104041121B/en
Publication of WO2014089835A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014089835A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/14Reselecting a network or an air interface
    • H04W36/142Reselecting a network or an air interface over the same radio air interface technology

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to communication technologies, and in particular, to a bearer processing method, apparatus, and system. Background technique
  • the present invention provides a bearer processing method, apparatus and system.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a bearer processing method, including: a source side network element node receives a modify bearer request message that is sent by a core network device and includes a service information; and the source side network element node determines, according to the service information, And transmitting, by the core network device, a first handover request message that includes a modified bearer indication, where the source network element node receives a handover message that includes the radio bearer information sent by the core network device, where the source side The network element node sends a handover command including the radio bearer information to the user equipment UE, so that the UE performs network handover.
  • the radio bearer information is radio bearer information that has been used by the source side, or radio bearer information and new radio bearer information that have been used on the source side.
  • the handover message further includes Access layer NAS information; the handover command further includes the NAS information;
  • the NAS information includes a bearer parameter and/or a session management parameter.
  • the service information includes at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a bearer processing method, including: a target side network element node receives a second handover request message that is sent by a core network device and includes bearer information, where the bearer information is bearer information used by the source side. And the target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer information to obtain radio bearer information; and the target side network element node receives the new bearer information and the non-access stratum NAS information sent by the core network device.
  • the target side network element node Carrying a modification message, and performing radio resource adaptation on the new bearer information to obtain new radio bearer information
  • the NAS information includes bearer parameters and/or session management parameters
  • the target side network element node sends to the UE a resource reset message including the new radio bearer information and the NAS information
  • the target side network element node receives a resource reset response message sent by the UE
  • the target side network element node sends the core network device to the core network device And sending a modify bearer notification message, so that the core network device modifies the new bearer information.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a bearer processing method, including: a core network device sends a modify bearer request message including service information to a source side network element node; and the core network device receives the source side network element node to send Receiving a first handover request message for modifying a bearer indication; the core network device receiving a handover complete notification message sent by the target side network element node; the core network device sending the new bearer information to the target side network element node Carrying a modification message with the non-access stratum NAS information, so that the target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the new bearer information, where the NAS information includes bearer parameters and/or session management parameters; The network device receives the modify bearer notification message sent by the target side network element node, and performs bearer modification.
  • the performing the bearer modification includes: modifying the new bearer information; or: performing bearer information and the new The bearer information is uniformly modified.
  • the performing bearer modification includes modifying the new bearer information
  • the method further includes: modifying, by the core network device, the bearer information used by the source side.
  • the core network device after the receiving, by the core network device, the first handover request message that is sent by the source network element, including the modify bearer indication, the core network device further includes: the core network device according to the modification The bearer indication suspends the bearer information used by the source side and/or the new bearer information, and waits for modification.
  • the core network device includes the first network element node And the second network element node, the source server gateway SGW, and the target SGW
  • the first network element node receives the first handover request message sent by the source network element node
  • the second network element node sends the target
  • the side network element node sends a second handover request message that includes the bearer information.
  • the second network element node receives the handover complete notification message sent by the target side network element node.
  • the second network element node sends a second handover request that includes the bearer information to the target network element node Before the message, the method further includes: sending, by the second network element node in the core network device, a create session request message to the target server gateway SGW in the core network device, to establish a new bearer channel;
  • the target SGW sends a create session response message to the second network element node to respond.
  • the second network element node receives the handover completed by the target side network element node After the notification message, the method further includes: the second network element node sending the handover complete notification message to the first network element node, so that the first network element node notifies the core after modifying the bearer information
  • the source SGW in the network device releases the bearer information.
  • the service information includes: service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information At least one of the information.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a bearer processing method, including: a target side network element node receives a second handover request message that includes a bearer information sent by a core network device, where the bearer information is bearer information used by a source side. And the new bearer information; the target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer information to obtain radio bearer information; and the target side network element node sends a switch including the radio bearer information to the core network device. Transmitting, by the core network device, the handover message including the radio bearer information to the source network element node; the target side network element node Receiving a handover complete message sent by the user equipment UE, and sending a handover complete notification message to the core network device.
  • the target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer information, and obtains radio bearer information, including:
  • the target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer information used by the source side and the new bearer information, and obtains the radio bearer information, where the radio bearer information is used by the source side. And new radio bearer information.
  • the second handover request message further includes non-access stratum NAS information
  • the handover response message further includes NAS information
  • the NAS information includes bearer parameters and/or session management parameters.
  • the target side network element node when the second handover request message further includes non-access stratum NAS information, the target side network element node performs wireless
  • the resource adaptation, obtaining the radio bearer information includes: the target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer information used by the source side, and obtains the radio bearer information, where the radio bearer information is the source side The radio bearer information is used; the new bearer information and the NAS information are saved; or the target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer information and the new bearer information used by the source side to obtain the Radio bearer information and new radio bearer information, where the radio bearer information is radio bearer information that has been used by the source side; and the new radio bearer information and the NAS information are saved.
  • the target side network element node when the new bearer information and the NAS information are saved, the target side network element node saves the saved location Decoding the new radio bearer information, obtaining the new radio bearer information, and acquiring the NAS information; or, when saving the new radio bearer information and the NAS information, acquiring the new radio bearer information and the And the target side network element node sends a resource reset message including the new radio bearer information and the NAS information to the UE; the target side network element node receives the resource reset response sent by the UE The target side network element node sends a modify bearer notification message to the core network device, so that the core network device modifies the new bearer information.
  • a bearer processing method includes: a core network device sends a modify bearer request message including service information to a source side network element node; Receiving, by the source network element node, a first handover request message that includes a modify bearer indication; the core network device sends a second handover request message that includes bearer information to the target side network element node, where the bearer information is a source side The bearer information and the new bearer information that have been used; the core network device receives a handover response message that includes the radio bearer information sent by the target side network element node; and the core network device sends the inclusion information to the source side network element node The switching message of the radio bearer information is triggered, the source network element node is configured to send a handover command including the radio bearer information to the user equipment UE, and the core network device receives the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node. , carry the bearer modification.
  • the core network device after the receiving, by the core network device, the first handover request message that is sent by the source network element, the core network device suspends the bearer information used by the source side and/or the new bearer information according to the modified bearer indication, and waits for modification.
  • the second handover request message further includes: non-access stratum NAS information, the NAS information Contains bearer parameters and/or session management parameters.
  • the radio bearer information in the handover response message is a radio bearer that has been used by the source side.
  • the information and the new radio bearer information, and the handover response message does not include the NAS information, before the core network device sends the handover message including the radio bearer information to the source network element node, the method further includes: The network device adds the NAS information to the handover message.
  • the core network device receives the target side
  • the handover completion notification message sent by the network element node, where the bearer modification is performed includes: when the radio bearer information in the handover response message is the radio bearer information used by the source side and the new radio bearer information, the core network device Receiving a handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, and modifying the bearer information used by the source side and the new bearer information; or
  • the core network device receives a handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, and the source side has been modified.
  • the bearer information used is radio bearer information that has been used by the source side.
  • the method when the radio bearer information in the handover response message is the radio bearer information that has been used by the source side, after performing the bearer modification, the method further includes:
  • the core network device receives the modify bearer notification message sent by the target side network element node, and modifies the new bearer information.
  • a sixth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect when the core network device includes a first network element node, a second network element node, When the source server gateway SGW and the target SGW,
  • the second network element node receives a handover complete notification message sent by the target side network element node.
  • the second network element node sends a second handover request that includes the bearer information to the target network element node before the message, the method further includes: sending, by the second network element node, a create session request message to the target server gateway SGW in the core network device, to establish a new bearer channel; and the target SGW to the second network element node Send a create session response message to answer.
  • the target is received by the second network element node After the handover completion notification message sent by the side network element node, the method further includes: the second network element node sending the handover completion notification message to the first network element node, so that the first network element node is carrying After the modification, the source SGW is notified to release the bearer information used by the source side.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a source side network element node, including:
  • a receiving module configured to receive a modify bearer request message that is sent by the core network device and includes the service information
  • a sending module configured to send, by using the service information received by the receiving module, a first handover request message including a modified bearer indication to the core network device;
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a handover message that is sent by the core network device and includes radio bearer information;
  • the sending module is further configured to: after the receiving module receives the handover message, send a handover command including the radio bearer information to the user equipment UE, so that the UE performs network handover.
  • the radio bearer information is radio bearer information that has been used by the source side, or radio bearer information and new radio bearer information that have been used by the source side.
  • the radio bearer information is the radio bearer information and the new radio bearer information that are used by the source side
  • the handover message further includes non-access stratum NAS information
  • the switching command further includes the NAS information
  • the NAS information includes a bearer parameter and/or a session management parameter.
  • the seventh aspect of the present invention provides a target side network element node, including:
  • a receiving module configured to receive, by the core network device, a second handover request message that includes the bearer information, where the bearer information is bearer information that has been used by the source side;
  • a radio resource adaptation module configured to perform radio resource adaptation on the bearer information in the second handover request message received by the receiving module, to obtain radio bearer information
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive, by the core network device, a bearer modification message that includes new bearer information and non-access stratum NAS information, where the NAS information includes bearer parameters and/or session management parameters;
  • the radio resource adaptation module is further configured to perform radio resource adaptation on the new bearer information received by the receiving module to obtain new radio bearer information;
  • the sending module is further configured to send, to the UE, a resource reset message that includes the new radio bearer information obtained by the radio resource adaptation module and the NAS information;
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a resource reset response message sent by the UE, where the sending module is further configured to: after receiving, by the receiving module, the resource reset response message, to the core network device And sending a modify bearer notification message, so that the core network device modifies the new bearer information.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a core network device, including:
  • a first sending module configured to send, to the source side network element node, a modify bearer request message that includes service information
  • a first receiving module configured to receive a first handover request message that is sent by the source side network element node and includes a modified bearer indication
  • a second receiving module configured to receive a handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, where the second sending module is configured to send the new bearer information and the non-access stratum NAS information to the target side network element node Carrying a modification message, so that the target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the new bearer information, where the NAS information includes bearer parameters and/or session management parameters;
  • the second receiving module is further configured to receive a modified bearer notification message sent by the target side network element node, and perform bearer modification.
  • the second receiving module is specifically configured to:
  • the bearer information used by the source side and the new bearer information are uniformly modified.
  • the second receiving module when the second receiving module is configured to modify the new bearer information, the second receiving The module is also used to:
  • the bearer information used by the source side is modified.
  • the first receiving module is further used to :
  • the core network device includes a first network element Node, second network element node, source server gateway SGW, and target SGW,
  • the first network element node includes: the first sending module and the first receiving module; and the second network element node includes: the second sending module and the second receiving module.
  • the second sending module is further configured to send, by using the bearer information, to the target side network element node Before the second handover request message, sending a create session request message to the target SGW to establish a new bearer channel;
  • the second receiving module is further configured to receive a create session response sent by the target SGW. Interest.
  • the second sending module is further configured to receive the handover completion After the notification message, the handover completion notification message is sent to the first network element node, so that the first network element node notifies the source SGW to release the bearer information after modifying the bearer information;
  • the first receiving module is further configured to receive a handover completion notification message sent by the second network element node, and modify the bearer information;
  • the first sending module is further configured to: after the first receiving module receives the handover complete notification message, send a message to notify the source SGW to release the bearer information.
  • a ninth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a target side network element node, including: a receiving module, configured to receive a second handover request message that includes a bearer information sent by a core network device, where the bearer information is used by a source side. Bearer information and new bearer information;
  • a radio resource adaptation module configured to perform radio resource adaptation on the bearer information in the second handover request message received by the receiving module, to obtain radio bearer information
  • a sending module configured to send, to the core network device, a handover response message that includes the radio bearer information obtained by the radio resource adaptation module, and trigger the core network device to send the radio bearer information to the source side network element node.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a handover complete message sent by the user equipment UE, where the sending module is further configured to send, after the receiving module receives the handover complete message sent by the UE, to the core network device Switch completion notification message.
  • the radio resource adaptation module is specifically configured to:
  • Radio resource adaptation on the bearer information used by the source side and the new bearer information in the second handover request message received by the receiving module, to obtain the radio bearer information, where the radio bearer information is used by the source side. Radio bearer information and new radio bearer information.
  • the second handover request message further includes non-access stratum NAS information
  • the handover response message further includes the NAS information
  • the NAS information includes a bearer parameter and/or a session management parameter.
  • the radio resource adaptation module is specifically configured to: The bearer information used by the source side is used for radio resource adaptation, and the radio bearer information is obtained, where the radio bearer information is used by the source side; the new bearer information and the NAS information are saved; or
  • the radio resource adaptation module is further configured to, after saving the new bearer information and the NAS information, after the sending module sends a handover completion notification message to the core network device, the saved new Carrying information for performing radio resource adaptation, obtaining new radio bearer information, and acquiring the NAS information; or, when saving the new radio bearer information and the NAS information, sending, by the sending module, the core network device After the handover completion notification message, acquiring the new radio bearer information and the NAS information;
  • the sending module is further configured to: after the radio resource adaptation module obtains the new radio bearer information, send, to the UE, a resource reset message that includes the new radio bearer information and the NAS information;
  • the receiving module is further configured to: after the sending, by the sending module, the resource reset message, receive a resource reset response message sent by the UE;
  • the sending module is further configured to: after the receiving module receives the resource reset response message, send the modify bearer notification message to the core network device, so that the core network device modifies the new bearer information.
  • the tenth aspect of the present invention provides a core network device, including:
  • a first sending module configured to send, to the source side network element node, a modify bearer request message that includes service information
  • a first receiving module configured to receive, by the source network element node, a first handover request message that includes a modified bearer indication
  • a second sending module configured to send, to the target side network element node, a second switching request that includes the bearer information
  • the second receiving module is configured to receive a handover response message that includes the radio bearer information that is sent by the target side network element node, where the information about the bearer information is used by the source side.
  • the first sending module is further configured to send, to the source network element node, a handover message that includes the radio bearer information received by the second receiving module, and trigger the source side network element node to the user equipment. Transmitting, by the UE, a handover command that includes the radio bearer information;
  • the second receiving module is further configured to receive a handover complete notification message sent by the target side network element node, and perform bearer modification.
  • the first receiving module is further configured to: suspend the source side from being used according to the modified bearer indication in the first handover request message Bearer information and/or the new bearer information, waiting to be modified.
  • the second handover request message further includes: non-access stratum NAS information, the NAS
  • the information contains bearer parameters and/or session management parameters.
  • the radio bearer information in the handover response message is used by the source side
  • the first sending module is further configured to:
  • the NAS information is added to the handover message.
  • the second receiving module is specifically configured to:
  • the core network device When the radio bearer information in the handover response message is the radio bearer information and the new radio bearer information that are used by the source side, the core network device receives the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, and modifies The bearer information that has been used by the source side and the new bearer information; or, when the radio bearer information in the handover response message is radio bearer information that has been used by the source side, the core network device receives the The handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, and the bearer information used by the source side is modified.
  • the fifth possible implementation in the tenth aspect when the radio bearer information in the handover response message is radio bearer information used by the source side,
  • the second receiving module is further configured to: after performing bearer modification, receive a modify bearer notification message sent by the target side network element node, and modify the new bearer information.
  • the core network device includes a first network element node, a second network element node, and a source Server gateway SGW and target SGW,
  • the first network element node includes: the first sending module and the first receiving module; and the second network element node includes: the second sending module and the second receiving module.
  • the second sending module is further configured to send, by using the bearer information, to the target side network element node Before the second handover request message, sending a create session request message to the target SGW to establish a new bearer channel;
  • the second receiving module is further configured to receive a create session response message sent by the target SGW.
  • the second sending module is further configured to receive the handover completion notification After the message, the handover completion notification message is sent to the first network element node, so that the first network element node notifies the source SGW to release the bearer information used by the source side; the first receiving module And receiving the handover completion notification message sent by the second network element node, and performing bearer modification;
  • the first sending module is further configured to: after the first receiving module receives the handover complete notification message, send a message to notify the source SGW to release the bearer information used by the source side.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a bearer processing system, including the source side network element node, the target side network element node of the seventh aspect, and the core network device of the eighth aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a bearer processing system, including the source side network element node, the target side network element node of the ninth aspect, and the core network device of the tenth aspect.
  • the technical effect of the present invention is: a bearer processing method, apparatus, and system according to an embodiment of the present invention, which receives a modified bearer request message including service description information sent by a core network device by a source side network element node, and then a source side network element node According to the service description information, it is determined that the network switching needs to be performed, and finally The source side network element node sends a handover response message including the modified bearer indication to the core network device, so as to modify the bearer information in the process of network handover, and implements the network handover, and the service bearer is modified to improve the service processing speed. Guarantee the quality of service of the business.
  • Embodiment 1 is a schematic diagram of a signaling flow of Embodiment 1 of a bearer processing method according to the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a signaling flow according to Embodiment 2 of a bearer processing method according to the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of another signaling flow according to Embodiment 2 of a bearer processing method of the present invention
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a signaling flow of Embodiment 4 of a bearer processing method according to the present invention
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a signaling process according to Embodiment 5 of a bearer processing method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a signaling process of Embodiment 6 of a bearer processing method according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 7 is a schematic diagram of a signaling flow of Embodiment 7 of a bearer processing method according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 8 is a schematic diagram of a signaling process of Embodiment 8 of a bearer processing method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a source side network element node according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a target side network element node according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of another target side network element node according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a source side network element node according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a target side network element node according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of another target side network element node according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of another core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE EMBODIMENTS In order to make the objectives, technical solutions and advantages of the embodiments of the present invention more clear, the following will be combined with the present invention.
  • the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the drawings, and the embodiments are described as a part of the embodiments of the present invention, rather than all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a signaling flow according to Embodiment 1 of a bearer processing method according to the present invention, which is specifically described below.
  • Step 100 The core network device sends a modify bearer request message containing the service information to the source side network element node.
  • the service information includes: at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information.
  • GSM EDGE Radio Access Network GSM EDGE Radio Access
  • the source side network element node can be controlled by the base station.
  • BSC Base Station Controller
  • RNC Radio Network Control
  • the source side network element node may be an evolved base station (evolved Node Base). , hereinafter referred to as eNB ).
  • the core network device when the user equipment (User Equipment, hereinafter referred to as UE) initiates multiple services, the core network device is triggered to initiate a bearer modification process, and the core network device sends a modified bearer request message containing the service information to the source side network element node.
  • UE User Equipment
  • Step 101 The source side network element node receives a modification bearer request message that is sent by the core network device and includes the service information.
  • Step 102 When the source side network element node determines to perform network switching according to the service information, send a first handover request message including a modified bearer indication to the core network device.
  • the source side network element determines whether to perform network switching according to the service information in the modified bearer request message.
  • the modify bearer indication is used to indicate that the core network hangs the bearer information and/or the new bearer information used by the origin side, and waits for modification.
  • Step 103 The core network device receives a first handover request message that is sent by the source side network element node and includes a modified bearer indication, and sends a second handover request message that includes the bearer information to the target side network element node.
  • the bearer information is bearer information that has been used on the source side.
  • the target side network element node may be an eNB; when the LTE performs handover to the GERAN or the UTRAN, the source target side network element node may be a BSC or an RNC.
  • Step 104 The target side network element node receives the second handover request message that is sent by the core network device and includes the bearer information, and performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer information to obtain radio bearer information.
  • the radio bearer information is radio bearer information that has been used on the source side.
  • Step 105 The target side network element node sends a handover response message including the radio bearer information to the core network device, and triggers the core network device to send a handover message including the radio bearer information to the source side network element node.
  • Step 106 The core network device receives the handover response message that is sent by the target network element node and includes the radio bearer information, and sends a handover message that includes the radio bearer information to the source network element node, and triggers the source side network element node to the user equipment.
  • the UE transmits a handover command including the radio bearer information.
  • Step 107 The source side network element node receives a switching message that includes the radio bearer information sent by the core network device, and sends a handover command including the radio bearer information to the user equipment UE, so that the UE performs network switching.
  • Step 108 The target side network element node receives the handover complete message sent by the UE, and sends a handover complete notification message to the core network device.
  • Step 109 The core network device receives a handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node.
  • Step 110 The core network device sends a bearer modification message including the new bearer information and the non-access stratum (NAS) information to the target side network element node, so that the target side network element node pairs the new bearer information. Perform wireless resource adaptation.
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • the NAS information includes a bearer parameter and/or a session management parameter.
  • Step 111 The target side network element node receives the bearer modification message that is sent by the core network device and includes the new bearer information and the non-access stratum NAS information, and performs radio resource adaptation on the new bearer information to obtain new radio bearer information.
  • Step 112 The target side network element node sends a resource reset message including the new radio bearer information and the NAS information to the UE.
  • the NAS information is used to enable the UE to perform corresponding bearer modification according to the NAS information.
  • Step 113 The target side network element node receives the resource reset response message sent by the UE, and sends the message to the core.
  • the network device sends a modify bearer notification message to enable the core network device to modify the new bearer information.
  • Step 114 The core network device receives the modify bearer notification message sent by the target side network element node, and performs bearer modification.
  • the performing bearer modification may include:
  • the bearer information and the new bearer information that have been used on the source side are uniformly modified. Specifically, after the core network device receives the handover completion notification sent by the target side network element node, the core network device uses the bearer used by the source side and the new bearer. And make changes.
  • the method further includes:
  • the core network device modifies the bearer information that has been used on the source side.
  • the core network device receives the handover completion notification sent by the target side network element node, so that the core network device modifies the bearer that has been used on the source side. Then, the core network device receives the modify bearer notification message sent by the target side network element node, so that the core network device modifies the new bearer information that needs to be modified, that is, the bearer and the new bearer that have been used on the source side are respectively modified.
  • Method 1 Unified modification of the bearer.
  • the bearer can support the pre-switching service 1 and the new service 2 that triggers the handover.
  • the core network device includes a first network element node, a second network element node, a source server gateway (SGW), and a target SGW,
  • SGW source server gateway
  • the second network element node sends a second handover request message including the bearer information to the target side network element node;
  • the second network element node receives the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node.
  • the second network element node may be a Mobility Management Entity (MME), and the first network element node may be a General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) service support node (Serving GPRS Support). Node is hereinafter referred to as SGSN).
  • MME Mobility Management Entity
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • SGSN Serving GPRS Support
  • the method further includes:
  • the second network element node in the core network device sends a create session request message to the target server gateway SGW in the core network device to establish a new bearer channel;
  • the target SGW sends a create session response message to the second network element node to respond.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second network element node sends a handover complete notification message to the first network element node, so that the first network element node notifies the source SGW in the core network device to release the bearer information after modifying the bearer information.
  • the bearer processing method provided in this embodiment when the source side network element node determines to perform the network handover according to the service information sent by the core network device, includes a first handover request message that modifies the bearer indication, and instructs the core network to perform the handover while performing the handover.
  • the core network sends the new bearer information and the NAS information to the target side network element node, and the target side sends the UE to the UE through the reconfiguration message, so that the UE updates according to the NAS information, thereby improving
  • the processing speed of the business ensures the quality of service of the business.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a signaling flow according to Embodiment 2 of a bearer processing method according to the present invention, which is specifically as follows.
  • Step 200 The core network device sends a modify bearer request message containing the service information to the source side network element node.
  • the service information includes: service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate. At least one of the information.
  • step 100 For a description of the source side network element node, see step 100.
  • Step 201 The source side network element node receives a modification bearer request message that is sent by the core network device and includes the service information.
  • Step 202 When the source side network element node determines to perform network switching according to the service information, send a first handover request message including a modified bearer indication to the core network device.
  • Step 203 The core network device receives a first handover request message that is sent by the source network element node and includes a modified bearer indication, and sends a second handover request message that includes the bearer information to the target network element node.
  • the modify bearer indication is used to indicate that the core network hangs the bearer information and/or the new bearer information used by the origin side, and waits for modification.
  • the bearer information is bearer information and new bearer information that have been used on the source side.
  • the second handover request message may further include NAS information, where the NAS information includes a bearer parameter and/or a session management parameter.
  • the target side network element node may be an eNB; when the LTE is switched to the GERAN or the UTRAN, the source target side network element node may be a BSC or an RNC.
  • Step 204 The target side network element node receives a second handover request message that is sent by the core network device and includes the bearer information, and performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer information to obtain radio bearer information.
  • the target side network element node When the second handover request message further includes the NAS information, the target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer information, and the obtained radio bearer information may be in the following manners: Al, A2, and A3:
  • the target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer information used by the source side to obtain radio bearer information, and the radio bearer information is radio bearer information used by the source side; and the new bearer information and the NAS information are saved.
  • the target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the used bearer information and the new bearer information on the source side to obtain radio bearer information, where the radio bearer information is used by the source side and the new radio bearer information.
  • the target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer information and the new bearer information used by the source side, and obtains radio bearer information and new radio bearer information, where the radio bearer information is used by the source side; Wireless bearer information and NAS information.
  • the radio bearer information may also be obtained in the foregoing manner A2 in step 204.
  • Step 205 The target side network element node sends a handover response message including the radio bearer information to the core network device, and triggers the core network device to send the handover message including the radio bearer information to the source side network element node.
  • the radio bearer information is the radio bearer information that has been used by the source side.
  • the radio bearer information is the source. The radio bearer information and the new radio bearer information that have been used on the side.
  • Step 206 The core network device receives the handover response message that is sent by the target network element node and includes the radio bearer information, and sends a handover message that includes the radio bearer information to the source network element node, and triggers the source side network element node to send the message to the UE.
  • the core network device sends the radio bearer to the source side network element node.
  • the message switching message also includes:
  • the core network device adds the NAS information to the handover message.
  • Step 207 The source side network element node receives a switching message that includes the radio bearer information sent by the core network device, and sends a handover command that includes the radio bearer information to the UE, so that the UE performs network switching.
  • Step 208 The target side network element node receives the handover complete message sent by the UE, and sends a handover complete notification message to the core network device.
  • Step 209 The core network device receives a handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, and performs bearer modification.
  • the performing bearer modification may include:
  • the core network device receives the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, and modifies the bearer information used by the source side.
  • New bearer information or,
  • the core network device receives the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, and modifies the bearer information used by the source side.
  • the radio bearer information in the handover response message is the wireless used by the source side. When carrying information, it is also possible to not perform bearer modification.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of another signaling process according to Embodiment 2 of the bearer processing method of the present invention.
  • the step is performed. 210a;
  • the radio bearer information is obtained by the method A3 in step 204, after the bearer modification is performed in step 209, step 210b is performed; and after step 210a or 210b is performed, steps 211-213 are performed, as follows:
  • Step 210a The target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the saved new bearer information to obtain new radio bearer information.
  • Step 210b Obtain the new radio bearer information and the NAS information.
  • Step 211 The target side network element node sends a resource reset message including the new radio bearer information and the NAS information to the UE.
  • Step 212 The target side network element node receives the resource reset response message sent by the UE, and sends a modify bearer notification message to the core network device, so that the core network device modifies the new bearer information.
  • Step 213 The core network device receives a modify bearer notification message sent by the target side network element node, and modifies the new bearer information.
  • the new bearer is modified in step 213.
  • the modification of the bearer information that has been used on the source side is performed.
  • the specific bearer modification refer to the related description in step 114.
  • the core network device when the core network device includes the first network element node, the second network element node, the source SGW, and the target SGW,
  • the second network element node sends a second handover request message including the bearer information to the target side network element node;
  • the second network element node receives the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node.
  • the second network element node may be an MME, and the first network element node may be an SGSN.
  • the method further includes: The second network element node in the core network device sends a create session request message to the target server gateway SGW in the core network device to establish a new bearer channel;
  • the target SGW sends a create session response message to the second network element node to respond.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second network element node sends a handover complete notification message to the first network element node, so that the first network element node notifies the source SGW in the core network device to release the bearer information after modifying the bearer information.
  • the processing method provided by the method in this embodiment is provided.
  • the source network element node determines to perform network switching according to the service information sent by the core network device
  • the first switching request message for modifying the bearer indication is sent.
  • the core network performs the bearer modification while performing the handover.
  • the core network sends the bearer information, the NAS information, and the new bearer information used by the source side to the target side network element node through the second handover request message, and the target side network
  • the meta-node adapts the bearer information, obtains the radio bearer information, and sends the bearer information to the core network through the handover response message, and the core network sends the radio bearer information to the UE through the handover message; when the radio bearer information includes the new radio bearer information, and When the handover message includes the NAS information, the core network simultaneously modifies the used bearer and the new bearer on the source side after receiving the handover completion notification message; otherwise, the target side network element node receives the handover completion message of the UE and then is the new bearer.
  • the bearer modification method provided by the foregoing embodiment implements the network switchover and modifies the service bearer.
  • the processing speed of the business ensures the quality of service of the business.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a signaling flow of a fourth embodiment of a bearer processing method according to the present invention. Referring to FIG. 4, a method for implementing a bearer processing system of the present invention by using a source side network element node, a target side network element node, and a core network device is described in detail. Description.
  • the source side network element node may be a BSC or an RNC
  • the target side network element node is an eNB.
  • the source side network element node may be an eNB
  • the target side network element node may be a BSC or an RNC.
  • Step 401 The core network device sends a modify bearer request message to the BSC/RNC.
  • the modified bearer request includes service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, At least one of the rate information.
  • Step 402 The BSC/RNC determines that network switching needs to be performed according to the service information.
  • Step 403 The BSC/RNC sends a first handover request message to the core network device.
  • the first handover request message includes a modification bearer indication.
  • Step 404 The core network device suspends bearer information that needs to be modified.
  • the core network device suspends the bearer information that needs to be modified according to the first handover request message.
  • step 404 may be omitted, and the modification of the bearer information is directly completed by step 412.
  • Step 405 The core network device sends a second handover request message to the eNB.
  • the second handover request message only includes bearer information that has been used by the source test, and does not include new bearer information.
  • the second handover request message includes bearer information and new bearer information that are used by the source side.
  • the second handover request message includes bearer information, new bearer information, and NAS information that are used by the source side, where the NAS information includes parameters that require bearer modification and/or session management performed by the UE.
  • Step 406 The eNB receives the second handover request message.
  • the eNB performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer information used by the source side to obtain the radio bearer information used by the source side.
  • the eNB performs radio resource adaptation for the bearer information and the new bearer information used by the source side, and obtains the radio bearer information and the new radio bearer information that have been used by the source side.
  • the eNB performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer information used by the source side, and the eNB saves the new bearer information and the NAS information to obtain the wireless bearer information that has been used by the source side.
  • Step 407 The eNB sends a handover response message to the core network device.
  • the handover response message includes bearer information that has been resource-adapted.
  • the switch response message also includes NAS information.
  • Step 408 The core network device sends a handover message to the BSC/RNC.
  • the handover message includes bearer information that has been resource-adaptive.
  • the switching message also includes NAS information.
  • Step 409 The BSC/RNC sends a handover command to the UE.
  • the handover network command also includes NAS information, so that the UE updates the UE according to the NAS information.
  • Step 410 The UE sends a handover complete message to the eNB.
  • Step 411 The eNB sends a handover complete notification message to the core network device.
  • Step 412 The core network device modifies bearer information.
  • the core network device modifies the bearer that has been used on the source side.
  • the new bearer information is also modified. Then, step 416 and step 417 need not be performed at this time.
  • Step 413 The MME sends a bearer modification message to the eNB.
  • the message is sent, and the message includes new bearer information and NAS information.
  • Step 414 The eNB adapts the air interface resource.
  • the eNB adapts the air interface resources to the new bearer information.
  • Step 415 The eNB sends a resource reset message to the UE.
  • the resource reset message contains new radio bearer information.
  • Step 416 The UE feeds back a resource reset response message to the eNB.
  • Step 417 The eNB sends a modify bearer notification message to the core network device.
  • Step 418 The core network device modifies the new bearer information.
  • the core network device modifies the new bearer information according to the modify bearer notification message.
  • step 412 the new bearer is modified together, step 417 and step 418 are not required.
  • steps 413 through 418 are not required.
  • the UE in a specific application process, when the handover command carries the NAS information, in order to identify the handover command, the UE needs to be updated, so there are four scenarios: the UE does not need to be updated. Scenario 1 in which there is no change in the SGW in the core network device, the scenario in which the mobility management entity does not need to re-locate the SGW in the core network device, the scenario in which the UE is updated, and the SGW in the core network device does not change. The UE and the mobility management entity consider that it is necessary to relocate the scenario 4 of the SGW in the core network device.
  • SGSN The Data Network Gateway (hereinafter referred to as PDW) and the Policy and Charging Rules Function (hereinafter referred to as PCRF), wherein the first network element node is an SGSN, and the second network element node is an MME.
  • PDW The Data Network Gateway
  • PCRF Policy and Charging Rules Function
  • the first network element node is an SGSN
  • the second network element node is an MME.
  • 5 to FIG. 8 are both GERAN or UTRAN switched to LTE
  • the source side network element node is a BSC or an RNC
  • the target side network element node is an eNB.
  • the source side network element node is the eNB
  • the target side network element node is the BSC or the RNC.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a signaling process according to Embodiment 5 of the bearer processing method of the present invention.
  • the loading processing method of the present invention includes the following steps:
  • Step 501 The PCRF sends a modify bearer request message to the PDW.
  • the modify bearer request message is an IP-CAN Session message, and the bearer is required to be modified, and the service type or name information may also be carried.
  • Step 502 The PDW sends a modify bearer request message to the SGW.
  • the modify bearer request message may be an update bearer request message or a create bearer request message, where the bearer request message is used to establish a second bearer, and the following is to update the bearer request message.
  • the bearer modification is taken as an example.
  • the second bearer carries a similar process, and may include at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information. At this time, the bearer parameters on the PDW have not been answered. , Can not be modified.
  • Step 503 The SGW sends a modify bearer request message to the SGSN.
  • the modify bearer request message may be an update bearer request message, requesting bearer modification, and the bearer parameter on the SGW has not been acknowledged and cannot be modified.
  • Step 504 The SGSN sends a modify bearer request message to the BSC/RNC.
  • the modify bearer request message may be a modify bearer request message (Modify Bearer)
  • Step 505 The BSC/RNC sends a first handover request message to the SGSN. Specifically, after receiving the modify bearer request message, the BSC/RNC initiates a handover process if it decides to switch to another system. Sending a first handover request message to the SGSN, the message further includes modifying the bearer information and/or corresponding indication after switching to the target cell.
  • Step 506 The SGSN sends a modify bearer response message to the SGW.
  • the modify bearer response message may be an update bearer response message, with an indication that the corresponding bearer is temporarily suspended, and the modification is performed after waiting.
  • Step 507 The SGW sends a modify bearer response message to the PDW.
  • the SGW after receiving the modify bearer response message, the SGW sends the PDW to the PDW.
  • Step 508 The PDW sends a modify bearer response message to the PCRF.
  • the PDW sends a modify bearer response message to the PCRF, telling the other party to suspend the bearer and waiting for modification.
  • the above steps 506, 507, and 508 may or may not be. When not, proceed to step 509.
  • Step 509 The SGSN sends a forward relocation request message to the SGSN.
  • the handover request is performed according to the forward relocation request message, and includes all the established bearers on the source side and the indication that the bearer is to be modified and a new bearer is established after the handover, where step 506, step 507, step 508, and step 509 are performed.
  • the order is not limited.
  • Step 510 The MME sends a second handover request message (HO Request) to the eNB.
  • HO Request a second handover request message
  • the second handover request message includes: modifying the bearer indication, and further, modifying the bearer indication to the bearer information used by the source side, the new bearer information that needs to be established after the handover, the NAS information (Session Manager Request, etc.), and the Modify the instructions for the bearer.
  • Step 511 The eNB performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer used by the source side, obtains radio bearer information used by the source side, and saves new bearer information (without radio resource adaptation) and NAS information.
  • Step 512 The eNB sends a handover response message (HO Request Ack) to the MME.
  • HO Request Ack a handover response message
  • the bearer content includes bearer information of the already adapted radio resource, that is, bearer information that has been adapted to the radio resource.
  • Step 513 The MME returns a forward relocation response message (Forward Relocation Response) to the SGSN, and the information about the radio resource sent by the eNB, that is, the bearer information that has been subjected to radio resource adaptation.
  • Step 514 The SGSN sends a handover message to the BSC/RNC, and includes the bearer information that the eNB has prepared for resource adaptation.
  • Step 515 The BSC/RNC sends a handover command to the UE.
  • Step 516 The UE sends a handover complete message to the eNB.
  • the UE performs access on the target side, and if the access is successful, sends a handover complete message to the eNB.
  • Step 517 The eNB sends a handover complete notification message (HO Notify) to the MME.
  • HO Notify a handover complete notification message
  • Step 518 The MME sends a modify bearer notification message to the SGW, and notifies the SGW to perform bearer modification, and modifies the bearer used by the source side in the handover.
  • Step 519 The SGW sends a modify bearer notification message to the PDW to notify the PDW to perform bearer modification, and modify the used bearer on the source side in the handover.
  • Step 520 The eNB prepares a newly-ported air interface resource.
  • the new bearer information saved in step 511 is adapted to the radio resource to obtain new radio bearer information.
  • the order of steps 520 and 518 is not limited.
  • Step 521 The eNB sends a resource reset message (RRC Reconfiguration message) to the UE, where the new radio bearer and the NAS information are included.
  • RRC Reconfiguration message a resource reset message
  • Step 522 The UE sends a resource reset response to the eNB.
  • Step 523 The eNB sends a modify bearer notification message to the MME, to notify the MME to modify the new bearer.
  • Step 524 The MME sends a modify bearer notification message to the SGW, to notify the SGW to perform bearer modification.
  • Step 525 The SGW sends a modify bearer notification message to the PDW, informing the PDW to modify the bearer that has just been suspended.
  • Step 526 The PDW sends a modify bearer notification message to the PCRF to notify the PCRF to perform the final bearer modification.
  • the second handover request message does not carry the new bearer information and the NAS, that is, the eNB does not save anything, and there is no step 511.
  • Step 517 After the eNB sends a handover complete notification message (HO Notify) to the MME, the MME may send the new bearer information and the NAS information to the eNB, and the eNB sends a resource reset (RRC Reconfiguration) to the UE according to the message.
  • RRC Reconfiguration resource reset
  • the bearer modification procedure for the node bearer triggering of the SGSN, the SGW, and the PDW is similar, and the BSC/RNC receives the RAB Assignment procedure (or the packet flow context procedures) to initiate the handover process, that is, after the foregoing step 504. Process.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a signaling flow of a sixth embodiment of a bearer processing method according to the present invention.
  • the bearer processing method of the present invention Including the following steps:
  • Step 601 The PCRF sends a modify bearer request message to the PDW.
  • the modified bearer request is specifically an IP-CAN Session message
  • the modified bearer is required to include at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information.
  • Step 602 The PDW sends a modify bearer request message to the source SGW.
  • the modified bearer request may be an Update Bearer Request message or a Create Bearer Request to establish a second bearer.
  • the following is an example of modifying the bearer, and the second bearer has a similar process, which may include the service type information and the service name. At least one of information, bandwidth information, and rate information. At this time, the bearer parameters on the PDW have not been acknowledged and cannot be modified.
  • Step 603 The source SGW sends an Update Bearer Request message to the SGSN, requesting bearer modification.
  • the modify bearer request message may include at least one of service type information, service name information, and bandwidth information. At this time, the bearer parameters on the source SGW have not been answered and cannot be modified.
  • Step 604 The SGSN sends a modify bearer request message to the BSC/RNC.
  • the SGSN sends a Modify Bearer Request (RAB Assignment procedure / Packet Flow Context Procedure) to the BSC/RNC, and the SGSN is required to modify the bearer, and may include at least one of service type information, service name information, and bandwidth information. information.
  • RAB Assignment procedure Packet Flow Context Procedure
  • Step 605 The BSC/RNC sends a first handover request message to the SGSN. Specifically, after the BSC/RNC receives the modify bearer request, if it decides to switch to another system, the handover process is initiated. Sending a first handover request message to the SGSN, where the first handover request message further includes modifying the bearer information and/or corresponding indication after switching to the target cell.
  • Step 606 The SGSN sends an Update Bearer Response message to the source SGW, with an indication that the corresponding bearer is temporarily suspended, and indicates that the SG is modified after the waiting.
  • Step 607 The source SGW sends a modify bearer response message to the PDW.
  • the source SGW sends the modified bearer response to the PDW.
  • Step 608 The PDW sends a modify bearer response message to the PCRF.
  • the PDW sends a modified bearer response to the PCRF, telling the other party to suspend the bearer and waiting for modification. It should be noted that the above steps 606, 607, and 608 may or may not be. When not, proceed to step 609.
  • Step 609 The SGSN sends a forward relocation request message to the MME.
  • the SGSN sends a forward relocation request message to the MME to perform the handover request, including all the established bearers on the source side and the instructions to modify the bearer and a new bearer after the handover, where step 606 Step 607, step 608 and steps
  • the order of 609 is not limited.
  • Step 610 The MME sends a create session request message to the target SGW.
  • the MME determines to relocate the SGW, and then sends a Create Seesion Request message to the target SGW to establish a bearer channel.
  • Step 611 The target SGW sends a create session response message to the UI.
  • Step 612 The second eNB sends a second handover request message (HO Request).
  • HO Request a second handover request message
  • the second handover request message includes the bearer information used by the source side, the new bearer information that needs to be established after the handover, the NAS information (Session Manager Request, etc.), and the indication of modifying the bearer after the handover.
  • Step 613 The eNB receives the second handover request message, and the eNB performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer used for the source measurement, obtains the radio bearer information used by the source side, and saves the new bearer (without radio resource adaptation) and the NAS. information.
  • Step 614 The eNB sends a handover response message (HO Request Ack) to the MME.
  • the bearer content of the handover request message (HO Request Ack) includes only the bearer information of the radio resource that has been adapted, that is, the bearer information that has been adapted by the radio resource.
  • Step 615 The MME sends a Forward Relocation Response message to the SGSN.
  • the forward relocation response message includes information about radio resources sent by the eNB, that is, bearer information that has been adapted for radio resource.
  • Step 616 The SGSN sends a handover message to the BSC/RNC.
  • the handover message includes bearer information that the eNB has prepared for resource adaptation.
  • Step 617 The BSC/RNC sends a handover command to the UE.
  • Step 618 The UE sends a handover complete message to the eNB.
  • the UE performs access on the target side, and if the access is successful, sends a handover network completion message to the eNB.
  • Step 619 The eNB sends a handover complete notification message (HO Notify) to the MME.
  • Step 620 The MME sends a handover completion notification message (Forward Ack) to the SGSN.
  • the MME sends a handover completion notification (Forward Ack) to the SGSN to notify the SGSN that the handover is complete, and the SGSN may release the bearer information of the resource Gb/Iu interface or the source SGW according to the situation.
  • a handover completion notification (Forward Ack)
  • the SGSN may release the bearer information of the resource Gb/Iu interface or the source SGW according to the situation.
  • Step 621 The MME sends a modify bearer notification message to the target SGW, and notifies the target SGW to perform bearer modification, and modifies the bearer used by the source side in the handover.
  • Step 622 The target SGW sends a modify bearer notification message to the PDW, and notifies the PDW to perform bearer modification, and modifies the bearer used by the source side in the handover.
  • Step 623 The eNB prepares a newly-ported air interface resource.
  • the new bearer information saved in step 613 is adapted to the radio resource, and the new radio bearer information is obtained.
  • the order of steps 623 and 621 is not limited.
  • Step 624 The eNB sends a resource reset message (RRC Reconfiguration message) to the UE, including the new bearer and the NAS information.
  • RRC Reconfiguration message a resource reset message
  • Step 625 The UE sends a resource reset response message to the eNB.
  • Step 626 The eNB sends a modify bearer notification message to the MME, to notify the MME to modify the new bearer.
  • Step 627 The MME sends a modify bearer notification message to the target SGW, and notifies the target SGW to perform bearer modification.
  • Step 628 The target SGW sends a modify bearer notification message to the PDW, and notifies the PDW to modify the suspended bearer.
  • Step 629 The PDW sends a modify bearer notification message to the PCRF to notify the PCRF to perform the last modification on the bearer.
  • Step 630 The SGSN sends a delete session message to the source SGW, to notify the source SGW to release the bearer.
  • the handover request message (HO Request) does not carry the new bearer information and the NAS, that is, the eNB does not save anything, and there is no step 613.
  • the MME may send the new bearer information and the NAS information to the eNB, and the eNB sends a resource reset message to the UE according to the message.
  • step 621 and step 622 all the bearer modifications are performed, and step 626, step 627, step 628, and step 629 are not required.
  • the bearer modification procedure of the PDW is similar to that of the PDW.
  • the BSC/RNC receives the RAB Assignment procedure (or the Packet Flow context procedures) to initiate the handover process. After the above step 604 Process.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a signaling procedure of a seventh embodiment of a bearer processing method according to the present invention.
  • the bearer processing method of the present invention includes the following steps:
  • Step 701 The PCRF sends a modify bearer request message to the PDW.
  • the modified bearer request message is specifically an IP-CAN Session message, and is required to modify the bearer, and may also carry information of a service type or a name.
  • Step 702 The PDW sends a modify bearer request message to the SGW.
  • the tampering request may be an update bearer request message or a Create Bearer Request to establish a second bearer.
  • the following steps are performed by modifying the bearer, and the second bearer has a similar process, and the service type information and the service name may be used. At least one of information, bandwidth information, and rate information.
  • the bearer parameters on the PDW have not been acknowledged and cannot be modified.
  • Step 703 The SGW sends an update bearer request message to the SGSN, requesting bearer modification.
  • the modify bearer request message may include at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information. At this time, the bearer parameters on the SGW have not been answered and cannot be modified.
  • Step 704 The SGSN sends a Modify Bearer Request (RAB Assignment procedure / Packet flow context procedures) to the BSC/RNC, and requests modification of the bearer.
  • the modify bearer request message may include at least one of service type information, service name information, and bandwidth/rate information.
  • Step 705 The BSC/RNC sends a first handover response message to the SGSN.
  • the handover process is initiated.
  • Sending a first handover response message to the SGSN, the first handover response message further includes modifying the bearer information and/or corresponding indication after switching to the target cell.
  • Step 706 The SGSN sends an Update Bearer Response message to the SGW, and the modified bearer response message has an indication that the corresponding bearer is temporarily suspended, and the SGSN is modified after the waiting.
  • Step 707 The SGW sends a modify bearer response message to the PDW.
  • the SGW after receiving the modify bearer response message, the SGW sends the PDW to the PDW.
  • Step 708 The PDW sends a modify bearer response message to the PCRF.
  • the PDW sends a modify bearer response message to the PCRF to tell the PCRF to suspend the bearer and wait for modification.
  • the above steps 706, 707, 708 may or may not be available. When not, proceed to step 709.
  • Step 709 The SGSN sends a forward relocation request message to the MME to perform a handover request.
  • the forward relocation request message includes all the established bearers on the source side and an indication that the bearer is to be modified and a new bearer is established after the handover.
  • the sequence of step 706, step 707, step 708 and step 709 are not limited.
  • Step 710 Send a second handover request message (HO Request) to the eNB, where the second handover request message includes bearer information used by the source side, and new bearer information that needs to be established after the handover, and NAS information (session manager request, etc.) And instructions for modifying the bearer after switching.
  • the NAS information is to inform the UE to establish a new bearer, and corresponding bearer parameters, session management parameters, and the like.
  • the session management parameters generally include: gateway address, service type, rate, network type, ⁇ (Access Point Name), and so on.
  • Step 711 The eNB receives the second handover request message, and the eNB performs radio resource adaptation on the used bearer and the new bearer on the source side to obtain the radio bearer information and the new radio bearer information that are used by the source side.
  • Step 712 The eNB sends a handover response message (HO Request Ack) to the MME.
  • HO Request Ack a handover response message
  • the HO Request Ack includes a transparent container and NAS information of the adapted radio resource adaptation information (NAS information may also be included in the container).
  • Step 713 The MME returns a Forward Relocation Response message to the SGSN, and sends the transparent container and the NAS information including the radio resource information to the transit eNB (or the NAS information is also included in the transparent container).
  • Step 714 The SGSN sends a handover message to the BSC/RNC.
  • the handover message includes a transparent container and NAS information of the radio resource information prepared by the eNB (or the NAS information is also included in the transparent container).
  • Step 715 The BSC/RNC sends a handover command to the UE.
  • the switching command includes a transparent container of radio resources and NAS information (or the NAS information is also included in the transparent container).
  • Step 716 The UE sends a handover complete message to the eNB.
  • the UE performs access in the target measurement, and if the access is successful, sends a handover complete message to the eNB.
  • Step 717 The eNB sends a handover completion notification (HO Notify) to the MME.
  • Step 718 The MME sends a modify bearer notification message to the SGW, and notifies the SGW to perform the modification of the bearer just suspended.
  • Step 719 The SGW sends a modify bearer notification message to the PDW, and notifies the PDW to perform the modification of the bearer just suspended.
  • Step 720 The PDW sends a modify bearer notification message to the PCRF to notify the PCRF to carry the modification response, and the bearer modification performed by the PCRF.
  • the bearer modification procedure of the PDW is similar to that of the PDW.
  • the BSC/RNC receives the RAB Assignment procedure (or the Packet Flow context procedures) to initiate the handover process. After the above step 704 Process.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a signaling flow according to Embodiment 8 of a bearer processing method according to the present invention.
  • the bearer processing method of the present invention includes the following steps:
  • Step 801 The PCRF sends a modify bearer request message to the PDW.
  • the modified bearer request is specifically an IP-CAN Session message
  • the modified bearer is required to be modified, and may further include at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information.
  • Step 802 The PDW sends a modify bearer request message to the source SGW.
  • the modify bearer request message may be an update bearer request message or a Create Bearer Request to establish a second bearer.
  • the following takes the bearer modification as an example to establish a second bearer with a similar process, and the modify bearer request message may include a service. At least one of type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information. At this time, the bearer parameters on the PDW have not been acknowledged and cannot be modified.
  • Step 803 The source SGW sends an update bearer request message to the SGSN to request the bearer modification.
  • the modify bearer request message may include at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information. At this time, the bearer parameters on the source SGW have not been answered and cannot be modified.
  • Step 804 The SGSN sends a Modify Bearer Request (RAB Assignment procedure / Packet flow context procedures) to the BSC/RNC to modify the bearer.
  • the modify bearer request message may include at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information.
  • Step 805 The BSC/RNC sends a first handover response message to the SGSN.
  • the handover process is initiated. Sending a first handover response message to the SGSN, where the first handover response message further includes modifying the bearer information and/or corresponding indication after switching to the target cell.
  • Step 806 The SGSN sends an Update Bearer Response message to the source SGW, with an indication that the corresponding bearer is temporarily suspended, and indicates that the SG is modified after the waiting.
  • Step 807 The source SGW sends a modify bearer response message to the PDW.
  • the source SGW sends the modified bearer response to the PDW.
  • Step 808 The PDW sends a modify bearer response message to the PCRF. Specifically, the PDW sends a modify bearer response message to the PCRF, and tells the PCRF to suspend the bearer and wait for modification.
  • the above steps 806, 807, 808 can be used with or without. When not, proceed to step 809.
  • Step 809 The SGSN sends a forward relocation request to the MME to perform a handover request.
  • the forward relocation request includes all the established bearers on the source side and an indication that the bearer is to be modified and a new bearer is established after the handover, where step 806, step 807, step
  • step 809 is not limited.
  • Step 810 Send a create session request message to the target SGW.
  • a Create Session Request message (Create Session Request) is sent to the target SGW to establish a bearer channel.
  • Step 811 The target SGW sends a create session response message to the MME.
  • Step 812 Send a second handover request message (HO Request) to the eNB.
  • the second handover request message includes the bearer information used by the source side, and the new bearer information that needs to be established after the handover, and the NAS information (session manager) Request, etc., and instructions for modifying the bearer after switching.
  • the NAS information is to inform the UE to establish a new bearer, and corresponding bearer parameters, session management parameters, and the like.
  • the session management parameters generally include: gateway address, service type, rate, network type, APN (Access Point Name), and so on.
  • Step 813 The eNB receives the second handover request message, and the eNB performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer and the new bearer used by the source side to obtain the radio bearer information and the new radio bearer information that are used by the source side.
  • Step 814 The eNB sends a handover response message (HO Request Ack) to the MME.
  • HO Request Ack a handover response message
  • the HO Request Ack includes a transparent container and NAS information of the adapted resource adaptation information (NAS information may also be included in the transparent container).
  • Step 815 The MME returns a Forward Relocation Response message to the SGSN, and sends the transparent container and the NAS information including the radio resource information to the transit eNB (or the NAS information is also included in the transparent container).
  • Step 816 The SGSN sends a handover message to the BSC/RNC.
  • the handover message includes a transparent container and NAS information of the radio resource information prepared by the eNB (or the NAS information is also included in the transparent container).
  • Step 817 The BSC/RNC sends a handover command to the UE.
  • the handover command includes a transparent container of radio resources and NAS information (the NAS information may also be included in the transparent container).
  • Step 818 The UE sends a handover complete message to the eNB.
  • the UE performs access in the target measurement, and if the access is successful, sends a handover complete message to the eNB.
  • Step 819 The eNB sends a handover completion notification message (HO Notify) to the MME.
  • Step 820 The MME sends a handover complete notification message (Forward Ack) to the SGSN to notify the SGSN that the handover is complete, and the SGSN may release the bearer information of the resource Gb/Iu interface or the source SGW according to the situation.
  • a handover complete notification message (Forward Ack)
  • Step 821 The MME sends a modify bearer notification message to the target SGW, and notifies the target SGW to perform bearer modification, and modifies the bearer used by the source side in the handover.
  • Step 822 The target SGW sends a modify bearer notification message to the PDW, and notifies the PDW to perform bearer modification, and modifies the bearer used by the source side in the handover.
  • Step 823 The PDW sends a modify bearer notification message to the PCRF to notify the PCRF to carry the modification response, and the bearer modification performed by the PCRF.
  • Step 824 The SGSN sends a delete session message to the source SGW, to notify the source SGW to release the bearer.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a source-side network element node according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the source-side network element node may be a BSC or an RNC, and the LTE to the GERAN or When the UTRAN performs handover, the source side network element node may be an eNB.
  • the source side network element node in this embodiment may include: a receiving module 901 and a sending module 902.
  • the receiving module 901 is configured to receive a modified bearer request message that is sent by the core network device and includes the service information.
  • the service information includes at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information.
  • the sending module 902 is configured to send, by the network device according to the service information received by the receiving module 901, a first handover request message that includes a modified bearer indication to the core network device.
  • the receiving module 901 is further configured to receive a handover message that is sent by the core network device and includes radio bearer information.
  • the radio bearer information is radio bearer information that has been used on the source side, or radio bearer information and new radio bearer information that have been used on the source side.
  • the sending module 902 is further configured to: after the receiving module 901 receives the handover message, send a handover command including the radio bearer information to the user equipment UE, so that the UE performs network handover.
  • the radio bearer information is the radio bearer information and the new radio bearer information that are used by the source side
  • the handover message also includes non-access stratum NAS information.
  • the switch command also includes NAS information.
  • the NAS information includes bearer parameters and/or session management parameters.
  • the source side network element node provided in this embodiment can be used to perform the technical solution of the first embodiment of the bearer processing method of the present invention, and implements network switching, and the service bearer is modified, thereby improving the service processing speed and ensuring the speed.
  • the quality of service of the business can be used to perform the technical solution of the first embodiment of the bearer processing method of the present invention, and implements network switching, and the service bearer is modified, thereby improving the service processing speed and ensuring the speed.
  • the quality of service of the business can be used to perform the technical solution of the first embodiment of the bearer processing method of the present invention, and implements network switching, and the service bearer is modified, thereby improving the service processing speed and ensuring the speed.
  • the quality of service of the business can be used to perform the technical solution of the first embodiment of the bearer processing method of the present invention, and implements network switching, and the service bearer is modified, thereby improving the service processing speed and ensuring the speed.
  • the quality of service of the business can be used to perform the technical
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a target side network element node according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the target side network element node may be an eNB; when LTE switches to GERAN or UTRAN
  • the source target side network element node may be a BSC or an RNC.
  • the target side network element node includes: a receiving module 1001, a radio resource adaptation module 1002, and a sending module 1003, which are specifically described below.
  • the receiving module 1001 is configured to receive, by the core network device, a second handover request message that includes the bearer information, where the bearer information is bearer information that is used by the source side.
  • the radio resource adaptation module 1002 is configured to perform radio resource adaptation on the bearer information in the second handover request message received by the receiving module 1001 to obtain radio bearer information.
  • the sending module 1003 is configured to send, to the core network device, a handover response message that includes the radio bearer information obtained by the radio resource adaptation module 1002, and trigger the core network device to send a handover message that includes radio bearer information to the source side network element node.
  • the receiving module 1001 is further configured to receive a handover complete message sent by the user equipment UE.
  • the sending module 1003 is further configured to: after the receiving module 1001 receives the handover complete message sent by the UE, send the handover complete notification message to the core network device.
  • the receiving module 1001 is further configured to receive a bearer modification message that is sent by the core network device and includes the new bearer information and the non-access stratum NAS information, where the NAS information includes a bearer parameter and/or a session management parameter.
  • the radio resource adaptation module 1002 is further configured to perform radio resource adaptation on the new bearer information received by the receiving module 1001 to obtain new radio bearer information.
  • the sending module 1003 is further configured to send, to the UE, a new one that is obtained by the wireless resource adaptation module 1002.
  • the receiving module 1001 is further configured to receive a resource reset response message sent by the UE.
  • the sending module 1003 is further configured to: after the receiving module 1001 receives the resource reset response message, send a modify bearer notification message to the core network device, so that the core network device modifies the new bearer information.
  • the target side network element node provided in this embodiment may be used to implement the technical solution of the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • the implementation principle and the technical effect are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 11, the method includes: a first sending module 1101, a first receiving module 1102, a second sending module 1103, and a second receiving module 1104, which are specifically as follows: Said.
  • the first sending module 1101 is configured to send, to the source side network element node, a modify bearer request message that includes service information.
  • the first receiving module 1102 is configured to receive a first handover request message that is sent by the source network element node and includes a modified bearer indication.
  • the second sending module 1103 is configured to send, to the target side network element node, a second switching request message that includes the bearer information, where the bearer information is bearer information that has been used by the source side.
  • the second receiving module 1104 is configured to receive a handover response message that is sent by the target side network element node and includes radio bearer information.
  • the first sending module 1101 is further configured to send, to the source network element node, a handover message that includes the radio bearer information received by the second receiving module 1104, and trigger the source side network element node to send a handover command that includes the radio bearer information to the user equipment UE.
  • the second receiving module 1104 is further configured to receive a handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node.
  • the second sending module 1103 is further configured to send a bearer modification message including the new bearer information and the non-access stratum NAS information to the target side network element node, so that the target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the new bearer information, the NAS
  • the information contains bearer parameters and/or session management parameters.
  • the second receiving module 1104 is further configured to receive the modified bearer notification message sent by the target side network element node, and perform bearer modification.
  • the service information includes: at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information.
  • the second receiving module 1104 is specifically configured to: Modify the new bearer information; or,
  • the bearer information and the new bearer information that have been used on the source side are uniformly modified.
  • the second receiving module 1104 when the second receiving module 1104 is specifically configured to modify the new bearer information, the second receiving module 1104 is further configured to:
  • the bearer information used by the source side is modified.
  • first receiving module 1102 is further configured to:
  • the bearer information and/or the new bearer information used by the originating side are suspended, and the modification is awaited.
  • the core network device includes a first network element node, a second network element node, and a source server gateway.
  • the first network element node includes: a first sending module 1101 and a first receiving module 1102.
  • the second network element node includes: a second sending module 1103 and a second receiving module 1104.
  • the second sending module 1103 is further configured to: before sending the second handover request message that includes the bearer information to the target side network element node, send a create session request message to the target SGW to establish a new bearer channel;
  • the second receiving module 1104 is further configured to receive a create session response message sent by the target SGW. Further, the second sending module 1103 is further configured to: after receiving the handover complete notification message, send a handover complete notification message to the first network element node, so that the first network element node notifies the source SGW to release the bearer after modifying the bearer information. information.
  • the first receiving module 1102 is further configured to receive a handover completion notification message sent by the second network element node, and modify the bearer information.
  • the first sending module 1101 is further configured to: after the first receiving module 1102 receives the handover complete notification message, send a message to notify the source SGW to release the bearer information.
  • the core network device MME needs to relocate the core network device SGW. Then, after the first receiving module 1102 receives the handover response message that is sent by the source network element node and includes the modified bearer indication, the MME in the core network device sends a create session request message to the target SGW in the core network device to establish a new Carrying a channel.
  • the target SGW is configured to send a create session response message to the MME to respond.
  • the MME sends a handover completion notification to the SGSN in the core network device, so that the MME sends a delete bearer message to the source SGW to notify the core network device.
  • the source SGW in the middle releases the bearer information.
  • the core network device provided in this embodiment can be used to implement the technical solution of the first embodiment of the bearer processing method of the present invention, which implements network switching, and modifies the service bearer, improves the service processing speed, and ensures the service of the service. quality.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of another target side network element node according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 12, the method includes: a receiving module 1201, a radio resource adaptation module 1202, and a sending module 1203.
  • the receiving module 1201 is configured to receive, by the core network device, a second handover request message that includes the bearer information, where the bearer information is used by the source side and the new bearer information.
  • the radio resource adaptation module 1202 is configured to perform radio resource adaptation on the bearer information in the second handover request message received by the receiving module 1201, to obtain radio bearer information.
  • the sending module 1203 is configured to send, to the core network device, a handover response message that includes the radio bearer information obtained by the radio resource adaptation module 1202, and trigger the core network device to send a handover message that includes the radio bearer information to the source network element node.
  • the receiving module 1201 is further configured to receive a handover complete message sent by the user equipment UE.
  • the sending module 1203 is further configured to: after the receiving module 1201 receives the handover complete message sent by the UE, send the handover complete notification message to the core network device.
  • the radio resource adaptation module 1202 is specifically configured to:
  • radio resource adaptation on the bearer information and the new bearer information used by the source side in the second handover request message received by the receiving module, to obtain radio bearer information, where the radio bearer information is the radio bearer information used by the source side and the new radio bearer. information.
  • the second handover request message further includes non-access stratum NAS information.
  • the handover response message also contains NAS information.
  • the NAS information contains bearer parameters and/or session management parameters.
  • the radio resource adaptation module 1202 is specifically configured to:
  • Radio resource adaptation is performed on the bearer information and the new bearer information that have been used on the source side, and the radio bearer information and the new radio bearer information are obtained, and the radio bearer information is the radio bearer information used by the source side; the new radio bearer information and the NAS information are saved.
  • the radio resource adaptation module 1202 is further configured to: after the sending module 1203 sends the handover completion notification message to the core network device, perform radio resource adaptation on the saved new bearer information, obtain new radio bearer information, and acquire the NAS. Or; when the new radio bearer information and the NAS information are saved, after the sending module sends the handover completion notification message to the core network device, acquiring new radio bearer information and NAS information;
  • the sending module 1203 is further configured to: after the radio resource adaptation module 1202 obtains the new radio bearer information, send a resource reset message that includes the new radio bearer information and the NAS information to the UE;
  • the receiving module 1201 is further configured to: after the sending module 1203 sends the resource reset message, receive a resource reset response message sent by the UE;
  • the sending module 1203 is further configured to: after the receiving module 1201 receives the resource reset response message, send a modify bearer notification message to the core network device, so that the core network device modifies the new bearer information.
  • the target side network element node provided in this embodiment can be used to implement the technical solution of the second embodiment of the bearer processing method of the present invention, which implements network switching and modifies the service bearer, improves the service processing speed, and ensures the service. Quality of service.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 13, the method includes: a first sending module 1301, a first receiving module 1302, a second sending module 1303, and a second receiving module 1304.
  • the first sending module 1301 is configured to send a modify bearer request message including service information to the source side network element node.
  • the first receiving module 1302 is configured to receive a first handover request message that is sent by the source network element node and includes a modified bearer indication.
  • the second sending module 1303 is configured to send, to the target side network element node, a second switching request message that includes the bearer information, where the bearer information is used by the source side and the new bearer information.
  • the second receiving module 1304 is configured to receive a handover response message that is sent by the target side network element node and includes radio bearer information.
  • the first sending module 1301 is further configured to send, to the source network element node, a handover message that includes the radio bearer information received by the second receiving module 1304, and trigger the source side network element node to send the packet to the user equipment UE.
  • a switching command containing radio bearer information is further configured to send, to the source network element node, a handover message that includes the radio bearer information received by the second receiving module 1304, and trigger the source side network element node to send the packet to the user equipment UE.
  • a switching command containing radio bearer information.
  • the second receiving module 1304 is further configured to receive a handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, and perform bearer modification.
  • the service information includes: at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information.
  • the second receiving module 1304 is specifically configured to:
  • the bearer information and the new bearer information that have been used on the source side are uniformly modified.
  • the second receiving module 1304 is further configured to:
  • the bearer information used by the source side is modified.
  • the first receiving module 1302 is further configured to:
  • the bearer information and/or the new bearer information used by the originating side are suspended, and the modification is awaited.
  • the core network device includes a first network element node, a second network element node, a source server gateway SGW, and a target SGW.
  • the first network element node includes: a first sending module 1301 and a first receiving module 1302;
  • the second network element node includes: a second sending module 1303 and a second receiving module 1304.
  • the second sending module 1303 is further configured to: before sending the second handover request message that includes the bearer information to the target side network element node, send a create session request message to the target SGW to establish a new bearer channel;
  • the second receiving module 1304 is further configured to receive a create session response message sent by the target SGW. Further, the second sending module 1304 is further configured to: after receiving the handover complete notification message, send a handover complete notification message to the first network element node, so that the first network element node notifies the source SGW to release the bearer after modifying the bearer information. information.
  • the first receiving module 1302 is further configured to receive a handover completion notification message sent by the second network element node, and modify the bearer information.
  • the first sending module 1301 is further configured to: after the first receiving module 1302 receives the handover complete notification message, send a message to notify the source SGW to release the bearer information. It should be noted that, in the process of switching the network and modifying the bearer, for the core network device, the core network device MME needs to relocate the core network device SGW. Then, after the first receiving module 1302 receives the handover response message that is sent by the source network element node and includes the modified bearer indication, the MME in the core network device sends a create session request message to the target SGW in the core network device to establish a new Carrying a channel. The target SGW is configured to send a create session response message to the MME to respond.
  • the MME After the UE completes the network handover and the core network device modifies the bearer information, the MME sends a handover completion notification to the SGSN in the core network device, so that the SGSN notifies the core bearer to modify the bearer information, and the MME sends the source SGW to the source SGW.
  • the delete bearer message is sent to notify the source SGW in the core network device to release the bearer information.
  • the core network device provided by this embodiment may be used to implement the technical solution of the second embodiment of the bearer processing method of the present invention.
  • the implementation principle and technical effects are the same, and details are not described herein again.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a bearer processing system, including: a source side network element node as shown in FIG. 9, a target side network element node as shown in FIG. 10, and a core network device as shown in FIG.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides another bearer processing system, including: a source side network element node as shown in FIG. 9, a target side network element node as shown in FIG. 12, and a core network device as shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a source-side network element node according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the source-side network element node may be a BSC or an RNC, and the LTE to GERAN or When the UTRAN performs handover, the source side network element node may be an eNB.
  • the source side network element node of this embodiment may include: a receiver 1401, a transmitter 1402, and a processor 1403.
  • the receiver 1401 is configured to receive a modify bearer request message that is sent by the core network device and includes the service information.
  • the service information includes at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information.
  • the processor 1403 is configured to determine when performing network switching according to the service information received by the receiver 1401.
  • the transmitter 1402 after the processor 1403 determines to perform the network handover according to the service information received by the receiver 1401, sends a first handover request message including the modified bearer indication to the core network device.
  • the receiver 1401 is further configured to receive a handover message that is sent by the core network device and includes radio bearer information.
  • the radio bearer information is radio bearer information that has been used on the source side, or radio bearer information and new radio bearer information that have been used on the source side.
  • the transmitter 1402 is further configured to: after the receiver 1401 receives the handover message, send a handover command including the radio bearer information to the user equipment UE, so that the UE performs network handover.
  • the radio bearer information is the radio bearer information and the new radio bearer information that are used by the source side
  • the handover message also includes non-access stratum NAS information
  • the switching command also includes NAS information
  • the NAS information includes bearer parameters and/or session management parameters.
  • the source side network element node provided in this embodiment can be used to perform the technical solution of the first embodiment of the bearer processing method of the present invention, and implements network switching, and the service bearer is modified, thereby improving the service processing speed and ensuring the speed.
  • the quality of service of the business can be used to perform the technical solution of the first embodiment of the bearer processing method of the present invention, and implements network switching, and the service bearer is modified, thereby improving the service processing speed and ensuring the speed.
  • the quality of service of the business can be used to perform the technical solution of the first embodiment of the bearer processing method of the present invention, and implements network switching, and the service bearer is modified, thereby improving the service processing speed and ensuring the speed.
  • the quality of service of the business can be used to perform the technical solution of the first embodiment of the bearer processing method of the present invention, and implements network switching, and the service bearer is modified, thereby improving the service processing speed and ensuring the speed.
  • the quality of service of the business can be used to perform the technical
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a target side network element node according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the target side network element node may be an eNB; when LTE switches to GERAN or UTRAN
  • the source target side network element node may be a BSC or an RNC.
  • the target side network element node includes: a receiver 1501, a processor 1502, and a transmitter 1503, as described below.
  • the receiver 1501 is configured to receive, by the core network device, a second handover request message that includes the bearer information, where the bearer information is bearer information that is used by the source side.
  • the processor 1502 is configured to perform radio resource adaptation on the bearer information in the second handover request message received by the receiver 1501 to obtain radio bearer information.
  • the transmitter 1503 is configured to send, to the core network device, a handover response message that includes the radio bearer information obtained by the processor 1502, and trigger the core network device to send, to the source side network element node, a handover message that includes the radio bearer information.
  • the receiver 1501 is further configured to receive a handover complete message sent by the user equipment UE.
  • the transmitter 1503 is further configured to: after the receiver 1501 receives the handover complete message sent by the UE, send a handover complete notification message to the core network device;
  • the receiver 1501 is further configured to receive, by the core network device, a bearer modification message that includes new bearer information and non-access stratum NAS information, where the NAS information includes bearer parameters and/or session management parameters, and the processor 1502 is further configured to receive The new bearer information received by the device 1501 is suitable for wireless resources. Match, obtain new radio bearer information;
  • the transmitter 1503 is further configured to send, to the UE, a resource reset message that includes the new radio bearer information and the NAS information obtained by the processor 1502.
  • the receiver 1501 is further configured to receive a resource reset response message sent by the UE.
  • the transmitter 1503 is further configured to send a modify bearer notification message to the core network device after the receiver 1501 receives the resource reset response message, so that the core network device modifies the new bearer information.
  • the target side network element node provided in this embodiment may be used to implement the technical solution of the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • the implementation principle and the technical effect are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 16, the method includes: a transmitter 1601, a receiver 1602, and a processor 1603, which are specifically described below.
  • the transmitter 1601 is configured to send, to the source side network element node, a modified bearer request message that includes service information.
  • the receiver 1602 is configured to receive a first switching request message that is sent by the source network element node and includes a modified bearer indication.
  • the transmitter 1601 is further configured to send, to the target side network element node, a second handover request message that includes the bearer information, where the bearer information is bearer information that has been used by the source side.
  • the receiver 1602 is further configured to receive a handover response message that is sent by the target side network element node and includes radio bearer information.
  • the transmitter 1601 is further configured to send, to the source network element node, a handover message that includes the radio bearer information received by the receiver 1602, and trigger the source side network element node to send a handover command including the radio bearer information to the user equipment UE.
  • the receiver 1602 is further configured to receive a handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node.
  • the transmitter 1601 is further configured to send, to the target side network element node, a bearer modification message that includes the new bearer information and the non-access stratum NAS information, so that the target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the new bearer information, and the NAS information includes Carrying parameters and/or session management parameters;
  • the receiver 1602 is further configured to receive a modify bearer notification message sent by the target side network element node, where the processor 1603 is configured to perform bearer modification.
  • the service information includes: at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information.
  • the processor 1603 is specifically configured to: Modify the new bearer information; or,
  • the bearer information and the new bearer information that have been used on the source side are uniformly modified.
  • the receiver 1602 is further configured to:
  • the bearer information used by the source side is modified.
  • receiver 1602 is further configured to:
  • the bearer information and/or the new bearer information used by the originating side are suspended, and the modification is awaited.
  • the core network device MME needs to relocate the core network device SGW. Then, after the receiver 1602 receives the handover response message including the modified bearer indication sent by the source network element node, the MME in the core network device sends a create session request message to the target SGW in the core network device to establish a new bearer channel. .
  • the target SGW is configured to send a create session response message to the MME to respond.
  • the MME After the UE completes the network handover and the core network device modifies the bearer information, the MME sends a handover completion notification to the SGSN in the core network device, so that the SGSN notifies the core bearer to modify the bearer information, and the MME sends the source SGW to the source SGW.
  • the delete bearer message is sent to notify the source SGW in the core network device to release the bearer information.
  • the core network device provided in this embodiment can be used to implement the technical solution of the first embodiment of the bearer processing method of the present invention, which implements network switching, and modifies the service bearer, improves the service processing speed, and ensures the service of the service. quality.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of another target side network element node according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 17, the method includes: a receiver 1701, a processor 1702, and a transmitter 1703.
  • the receiver 1701 is configured to receive, by the core network device, a second handover request message that includes the bearer information, where the bearer information is used by the source side and the new bearer information.
  • the processor 1702 is configured to perform radio resource adaptation on the bearer information in the second handover request message received by the receiver 1701 to obtain radio bearer information.
  • the transmitter 1703 is configured to send, to the core network device, a handover response message that includes the radio bearer information obtained by the processor 1702, and trigger the core network device to send, to the source side network element node, a handover message that includes radio bearer information.
  • the receiver 1701 is further configured to receive a handover complete message sent by the user equipment UE.
  • the transmitter 1703 is further configured to: after the receiver 1701 receives the handover complete message sent by the UE, send the handover complete notification message to the core network device.
  • the processor 1702 is specifically configured to:
  • radio resource adaptation on the bearer information and the new bearer information used by the source side in the second handover request message received by the receiving module, to obtain radio bearer information, where the radio bearer information is the radio bearer information used by the source side and the new radio bearer. information.
  • the second handover request message further includes non-access stratum NAS information
  • the handover response message also includes NAS information
  • the NAS information contains bearer parameters and/or session management parameters.
  • the processor 1702 is specifically configured to:
  • Radio resource adaptation is performed on the bearer information and the new bearer information used on the source side, and the wireless bearer information and the new radio bearer information are obtained.
  • the radio bearer information is the radio bearer information used by the source side; the new radio bearer information and the NAS information are saved.
  • the processor 1702 is further configured to: after the transmitter 1703 sends the handover complete notification message to the core network device, perform radio resource adaptation on the saved new bearer information, obtain new radio bearer information, and obtain NAS information; or After saving the new radio bearer information and the NAS information, after the sending module sends the handover completion notification message to the core network device, acquiring new radio bearer information and NAS information;
  • the transmitter 1703 is further configured to send, after the processor 1702 obtains new radio bearer information, a resource reset message that includes new radio bearer information and NAS information to the UE;
  • the receiver 1701 is further configured to: after the transmitter 1703 sends the resource reset message, receive a resource reset response message sent by the UE;
  • the transmitter 1703 is further configured to send a modify bearer notification message to the core network device after the receiver 1701 receives the resource reset response message, so that the core network device modifies the new bearer information.
  • the target side network element node provided in this embodiment may be used to implement the bearer processing method of the present invention.
  • the technical solution of the second embodiment realizes the network switching, and the service bearer is modified, the service processing speed is improved, and the service quality of the service is ensured.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of another core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 18, the method includes: a transmitter 1801, a receiver 1802, and a processor 1803.
  • the transmitter 1801 is configured to send, to the source side network element node, a modified bearer request message that includes service information.
  • the receiver 1802 is configured to receive a first switching request message that is sent by the source side network element node and includes a modified bearer indication.
  • the transmitter 1801 is further configured to send, to the target side network element node, a second handover request message that includes the bearer information, where the bearer information is used by the source side and the new bearer information.
  • the receiver 1802 is further configured to receive a handover response message that is sent by the target side network element node and includes radio bearer information.
  • the transmitter 1801 is further configured to send, to the source network element node, a handover message that includes the radio bearer information received by the receiver 1802, and trigger the source side network element node to send a handover command including the radio bearer information to the user equipment UE.
  • the receiver 1802 is further configured to receive a handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node.
  • the processor 1803 is configured to perform bearer modification.
  • the service information includes: at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information.
  • the processor 1803 is specifically configured to:
  • the bearer information and the new bearer information that have been used on the source side are uniformly modified.
  • the processor 1803 when the processor 1803 is specifically configured to modify the new bearer information, the processor 1803 is further configured to:
  • the bearer information used by the source side is modified.
  • the receiver 1802 is further configured to:
  • the bearer information and/or the new bearer information used by the originating side are suspended, and the modification is awaited.
  • the core network is set.
  • the internal network device MME may need to relocate the core network device SGW.
  • the MME in the core network device sends a create session request message to the target SGW in the core network device to establish a new bearer channel.
  • the target SGW is configured to send a create session response message to the MME to respond.
  • the MME After the UE completes the network handover and the core network device modifies the bearer information, the MME sends a handover completion notification to the SGSN in the core network device, so that the SGSN notifies the core bearer to modify the bearer information, and the MME sends the source SGW to the source SGW.
  • the delete bearer message is sent to notify the source SGW in the core network device to release the bearer information.
  • the source side network element node receives the modified bearer request message that is sent by the core network device and includes the service information, and then the source side network element node determines that the network switch needs to be performed according to the service information, and finally the source The side network element node sends a handover response message including the modified bearer indication to the core network device, which implements the network handover and modifies the service bearer, improves the service processing speed, and ensures the service quality of the service.
  • the method includes the steps of the foregoing method embodiments; and the foregoing storage medium includes: a medium that can store program codes, such as a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a bearer processing method, apparatus and system. The bearer processing method comprises: a source-side network element node receiving a bearer modification request message transmitted by a core network device which contains service information; when the source-side network element node decides to perform network switching according to the service information, transmitting to the core network device a first switching request message containing a bearer modification indication; the source-side network element node receiving a switching message transmitted by the core network device which contains radio bearer information; and the source-side network element node transmitting to a user equipment (UE) a switching command containing the radio bearer information, so that the UE performs network switching. The method realizes the modification of a service bearer while performing network switching, improves the service processing speed, and ensures the quality of service.

Description

承载处理方法、 装置和系统 技术领域 本发明实施例涉及通信技术,尤其涉及一种承载处理方法、装置和系统。 背景技术  The present invention relates to communication technologies, and in particular, to a bearer processing method, apparatus, and system. Background technique
随着移动网络的发展, 用户使用的业务也变得越来越多样, 为用户提供 服务的网络也出现了不同制式,这些不同制式的网络部署也变得越来越复杂。  With the development of mobile networks, the services used by users have become more diverse, and the networks that provide services to users have also emerged in different formats. The network deployment of these different systems has become more and more complicated.
现有技术中, 当用户已经在一种制式的网络中发起了业务, 此时用户又 发起了另一项业务, 而新发起的业务由于当前制式的网络带宽所限无法在当 前制式的网络中实现, 或者在当前制式的网络中实现的业务质量不好, 则需 要进行网络切换。  In the prior art, when a user has initiated a service in a network of a standard, the user initiates another service, and the newly initiated service cannot be in the current standard network due to the current network bandwidth limitation. To achieve, or to achieve poor quality of service in the current standard network, network switching is required.
但是, 现有技术在进行网络切换之前必须先进行承载修改, 导致业务处 理速度较慢, 甚至切换失败, 降低了业务的服务质量。 发明内容  However, in the prior art, the bearer modification must be performed before the network handover is performed, which results in a slow service processing, or even a handover failure, which reduces the service quality of the service. Summary of the invention
针对上述现有技术的缺陷, 本发明提供了一种承载处理方法、 装置和系 统。  In view of the above-discussed deficiencies of the prior art, the present invention provides a bearer processing method, apparatus and system.
一方面, 本发明实施例提供一种承载处理方法, 包括: 源侧网元节点接 收核心网设备发送的包含业务信息的修改承载请求消息; 当所述源侧网元节 点根据所述业务信息决定进行网络切换时, 向所述核心网设备发送包含修改 承载指示的第一切换请求消息; 所述源侧网元节点接收所述核心网设备发送 的包含无线承载信息的切换消息; 所述源侧网元节点向用户设备 UE发送包 含所述无线承载信息的切换命令, 以使所述 UE进行网络切换。  In one aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a bearer processing method, including: a source side network element node receives a modify bearer request message that is sent by a core network device and includes a service information; and the source side network element node determines, according to the service information, And transmitting, by the core network device, a first handover request message that includes a modified bearer indication, where the source network element node receives a handover message that includes the radio bearer information sent by the core network device, where the source side The network element node sends a handover command including the radio bearer information to the user equipment UE, so that the UE performs network handover.
在第一方面的第一种可能实现方式中, 所述无线承载信息为源侧已使用 的无线承载信息, 或者, 源侧已使用的无线承载信息和新无线承载信息。  In a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the radio bearer information is radio bearer information that has been used by the source side, or radio bearer information and new radio bearer information that have been used on the source side.
结合第一方面的第一种可能实现方式, 在第二种可能实现方式中, 当所 述无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息和新无线承载信息时, 所述切 换消息还包括非接入层 NAS信息; 所述切换命令还包括所述 NAS信息; 其 中, 所述 NAS信息包含承载参数和 /或会话管理参数。 With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the second possible implementation manner, when the radio bearer information is used by the source side and the new radio bearer information, the handover message further includes Access layer NAS information; the handover command further includes the NAS information; The NAS information includes a bearer parameter and/or a session management parameter.
结合第一方面, 或者第一方面的第一种或者第二种可能实现方式, 所述 业务信息包括业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带宽信息和速率信息中的至少 一种信息。  With reference to the first aspect, or the first or second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the service information includes at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information.
第二方面, 本发明实施例提供一种承载处理方法, 包括: 目标侧网元节 点接收核心网设备发送的包含承载信息的第二切换请求消息, 所述承载信息 为源侧已使用的承载信息; 所述目标侧网元节点对所述承载信息进行无线资 源适配, 获得无线承载信息; 所述目标侧网元节点接收所述核心网设备发送 的包含新承载信息和非接入层 NAS信息的承载修改消息,并对所述新承载信 息进行无线资源适配, 获得新无线承载信息, 所述 NAS信息包含承载参数和 /或会话管理参数; 所述目标侧网元节点向所述 UE发送包含所述新无线承载 信息和所述 NAS信息的资源重置消息; 所述目标侧网元节点接收所述 UE发 送的资源重置响应消息; 所述目标侧网元节点向所述核心网设备发送修改承 载通知消息, 以使所述核心网设备修改所述新承载信息。  In a second aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a bearer processing method, including: a target side network element node receives a second handover request message that is sent by a core network device and includes bearer information, where the bearer information is bearer information used by the source side. And the target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer information to obtain radio bearer information; and the target side network element node receives the new bearer information and the non-access stratum NAS information sent by the core network device. Carrying a modification message, and performing radio resource adaptation on the new bearer information to obtain new radio bearer information, where the NAS information includes bearer parameters and/or session management parameters; the target side network element node sends to the UE a resource reset message including the new radio bearer information and the NAS information; the target side network element node receives a resource reset response message sent by the UE; and the target side network element node sends the core network device to the core network device And sending a modify bearer notification message, so that the core network device modifies the new bearer information.
第三方面, 本发明实施例提供一种承载处理方法, 包括: 核心网设备向 源侧网元节点发送包含业务信息的修改承载请求消息; 所述核心网设备接收 所述源侧网元节点发送的包含修改承载指示的第一切换请求消息; 所述核心 网设备接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息; 所述核心网设备 向所述目标侧网元节点发送包含新承载信息和非接入层 NAS 信息的承载修 改消息, 以使所述目标侧网元节点对所述新承载信息进行无线资源适配, 所 述 NAS信息包含承载参数和 /或会话管理参数; 所述核心网设备接收所述目 标侧网元节点发送的修改承载通知消息, 进行承载修改。  In a third aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a bearer processing method, including: a core network device sends a modify bearer request message including service information to a source side network element node; and the core network device receives the source side network element node to send Receiving a first handover request message for modifying a bearer indication; the core network device receiving a handover complete notification message sent by the target side network element node; the core network device sending the new bearer information to the target side network element node Carrying a modification message with the non-access stratum NAS information, so that the target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the new bearer information, where the NAS information includes bearer parameters and/or session management parameters; The network device receives the modify bearer notification message sent by the target side network element node, and performs bearer modification.
结合第三方面, 在第三方面的第一种可能实现方式中, 所述进行承载修 改包括: 对所述新承载信息进行修改; 或者, 对所述源侧已使用的承载信息 和所述新承载信息统一进行修改。  With reference to the third aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the performing the bearer modification includes: modifying the new bearer information; or: performing bearer information and the new The bearer information is uniformly modified.
结合第三方面的第一种可能实现方式, 在第三方面的第二种可能实现方 式中, 当所述进行承载修改包括对所述新承载信息进行修改时, 在所述核心 网设备接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息之后, 还包括: 所 述核心网设备对所述源侧已使用的承载信息进行修改。  With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, when the performing bearer modification includes modifying the new bearer information, receiving, by the core network device After the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, the method further includes: modifying, by the core network device, the bearer information used by the source side.
结合第三方面, 或者第三方面的第一种或者第二种可能实现方式, 在第 三方面的第三种可能实现方式中, 所述核心网设备接收所述源侧网元节点发 送的包含修改承载指示的第一切换请求消息之后, 还包括: 所述核心网设备 根据所述修改承载指示, 挂起所述源侧已使用的承载信息和 /或所述新承载信 息, 等待修改。 Combining the third aspect, or the first or second possible implementation of the third aspect, In a third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, after the receiving, by the core network device, the first handover request message that is sent by the source network element, including the modify bearer indication, the core network device further includes: the core network device according to the modification The bearer indication suspends the bearer information used by the source side and/or the new bearer information, and waits for modification.
结合第三方面, 或者第三方面的第一种或者第二种或者第三种可能实现 方式, 在第三方面的第四种可能实现方式中, 当所述核心网设备包括第一网 元节点、 第二网元节点、 源服务器网关 SGW和目标 SGW时, 所述第一网元 节点接收所述源侧网元节点发送的第一切换请求消息; 所述第二网元节点向 所述目标侧网元节点发送包含承载信息的第二切换请求消息; 所述第二网元 节点接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息。  With reference to the third aspect, or the first or second or the third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, when the core network device includes the first network element node And the second network element node, the source server gateway SGW, and the target SGW, the first network element node receives the first handover request message sent by the source network element node, and the second network element node sends the target The side network element node sends a second handover request message that includes the bearer information. The second network element node receives the handover complete notification message sent by the target side network element node.
结合第三方面的第四种可能实现方式, 在第三方面的第五种可能实现方 式中, 在所述第二网元节点向所述目标侧网元节点发送包含承载信息的第二 切换请求消息之前, 还包括: 所述核心网设备中的第二网元节点向所述核心 网设备中的目标服务器网关 SGW发送创建会话请求消息, 以建立新的承载 通道;  With the fourth possible implementation of the third aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the second network element node sends a second handover request that includes the bearer information to the target network element node Before the message, the method further includes: sending, by the second network element node in the core network device, a create session request message to the target server gateway SGW in the core network device, to establish a new bearer channel;
所述目标 SGW向所述第二网元节点发送创建会话响应消息进行应答。 结合第三方面的第四种, 或者第五种可能实现方式, 在第三方面的第六 种可能实现方式中, 在所述第二网元节点接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的切 换完成通知消息之后, 还包括: 所述第二网元节点向所述第一网元节点发送 所述切换完成通知消息, 以使所述第一网元节点在修改所述承载信息之后通 知所述核心网设备中的源 SGW释放所述承载信息。  The target SGW sends a create session response message to the second network element node to respond. With reference to the fourth aspect of the third aspect, or the fifth possible implementation manner, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the second network element node receives the handover completed by the target side network element node After the notification message, the method further includes: the second network element node sending the handover complete notification message to the first network element node, so that the first network element node notifies the core after modifying the bearer information The source SGW in the network device releases the bearer information.
结合第三方面, 或者上述第三方面的任意一种可能实现方式, 在第三方 面的第七种可能实现方式中, 所述业务信息包括: 业务类型信息、 业务名称 信息、 带宽信息和速率信息中的至少一种信息。  With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the possible implementation manners of the foregoing third aspect, in the seventh possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the service information includes: service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information At least one of the information.
第四方面, 本发明实施例提供一种承载处理方法, 包括: 目标侧网元节 点接收核心网设备发送的包含承载信息的第二切换请求消息, 所述承载信息 为源侧已使用的承载信息和新承载信息; 所述目标侧网元节点对所述承载信 息进行无线资源适配, 获得无线承载信息; 所述目标侧网元节点向所述核心 网设备发送包含所述无线承载信息的切换响应消息, 触发所述核心网设备向 源侧网元节点发送包含所述无线承载信息的切换消息; 所述目标侧网元节点 接收用户设备 UE发送的切换完成消息, 并向所述核心网设备发送切换完成 通知消息。 In a fourth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a bearer processing method, including: a target side network element node receives a second handover request message that includes a bearer information sent by a core network device, where the bearer information is bearer information used by a source side. And the new bearer information; the target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer information to obtain radio bearer information; and the target side network element node sends a switch including the radio bearer information to the core network device. Transmitting, by the core network device, the handover message including the radio bearer information to the source network element node; the target side network element node Receiving a handover complete message sent by the user equipment UE, and sending a handover complete notification message to the core network device.
结合第四方面, 在第四方面的第一种可能实现方式中, 所述目标侧网元 节点对所述承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得无线承载信息, 包括:  With reference to the fourth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer information, and obtains radio bearer information, including:
所述目标侧网元节点对所述源侧已使用的承载信息和所述新承载信息进 行无线资源适配, 获得所述无线承载信息, 所述无线承载信息为源侧已使用 的无线承载信息和新无线承载信息。  The target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer information used by the source side and the new bearer information, and obtains the radio bearer information, where the radio bearer information is used by the source side. And new radio bearer information.
结合第四方面的第一中可能实现方式, 在第四方面的第二种可能实现方 式中, 所述第二切换请求消息还包含非接入层 NAS信息; 所述切换响应消息 还包含所述 NAS信息; 其中, 所述 NAS信息包含承载参数和 /或会话管理参 数。  With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the second handover request message further includes non-access stratum NAS information, where the handover response message further includes NAS information; wherein the NAS information includes bearer parameters and/or session management parameters.
结合第四方面, 在第四方面的第三种可能实现方式中, 当所述第二切换 请求消息还包含非接入层 NAS信息时,所述目标侧网元节点对所述承载信息 进行无线资源适配, 获得无线承载信息, 包括: 所述目标侧网元节点对所述 源侧已使用的承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得所述无线承载信息, 所述无 线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息; 保存所述新承载信息和所述 NAS 信息; 或者, 所述目标侧网元节点对所述源侧已使用的承载信息和新承载信 息进行无线资源适配, 获得所述无线承载信息和新无线承载信息, 所述无线 承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息; 保存所述新无线承载信息和所述 NAS信息。  With reference to the fourth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, when the second handover request message further includes non-access stratum NAS information, the target side network element node performs wireless The resource adaptation, obtaining the radio bearer information, includes: the target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer information used by the source side, and obtains the radio bearer information, where the radio bearer information is the source side The radio bearer information is used; the new bearer information and the NAS information are saved; or the target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer information and the new bearer information used by the source side to obtain the Radio bearer information and new radio bearer information, where the radio bearer information is radio bearer information that has been used by the source side; and the new radio bearer information and the NAS information are saved.
结合第四方面的第三种可能实现方式, 在第四方面的第四种可能实现方 式中, 当保存所述新承载信息和所述 NAS信息时, 所述目标侧网元节点对保 存的所述新承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得新无线承载信息, 并获取所述 NAS信息; 或者, 当保存所述新无线承载信息和所述 NAS信息时, 获取所 述新无线承载信息和所述 NAS信息; 所述目标侧网元节点向所述 UE发送包 含所述新无线承载信息和所述 NAS信息的资源重置消息;所述目标侧网元节 点接收所述 UE发送的资源重置响应消息; 所述目标侧网元节点向所述核心 网设备发送修改承载通知消息 , 以使所述核心网设备修改所述新承载信息。  With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, when the new bearer information and the NAS information are saved, the target side network element node saves the saved location Decoding the new radio bearer information, obtaining the new radio bearer information, and acquiring the NAS information; or, when saving the new radio bearer information and the NAS information, acquiring the new radio bearer information and the And the target side network element node sends a resource reset message including the new radio bearer information and the NAS information to the UE; the target side network element node receives the resource reset response sent by the UE The target side network element node sends a modify bearer notification message to the core network device, so that the core network device modifies the new bearer information.
第五方面, 本发明实施例提供的一种承载处理方法, 包括: 核心网设备 向源侧网元节点发送包含业务信息的修改承载请求消息; 所述核心网设备接 收所述源侧网元节点发送的包含修改承载指示的第一切换请求消息; 所述核 心网设备向目标侧网元节点发送包含承载信息的第二切换请求消息, 所述承 载信息为源侧已使用的承载信息和新承载信息; 所述核心网设备接收所述目 标侧网元节点发送的包含无线承载信息的切换响应消息; 所述核心网设备向 所述源侧网元节点发送包含所述无线承载信息的切换消息, 触发所述源侧网 元节点向用户设备 UE发送包含所述无线承载信息的切换命令; 所述核心网 设备接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息, 进行承载修改。 In a fifth aspect, a bearer processing method provided by the embodiment of the present invention includes: a core network device sends a modify bearer request message including service information to a source side network element node; Receiving, by the source network element node, a first handover request message that includes a modify bearer indication; the core network device sends a second handover request message that includes bearer information to the target side network element node, where the bearer information is a source side The bearer information and the new bearer information that have been used; the core network device receives a handover response message that includes the radio bearer information sent by the target side network element node; and the core network device sends the inclusion information to the source side network element node The switching message of the radio bearer information is triggered, the source network element node is configured to send a handover command including the radio bearer information to the user equipment UE, and the core network device receives the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node. , carry the bearer modification.
结合第五方面, 在第五方面的第一种可能实现方式中, 所述核心网设备 接收所述源侧网元节点发送的包含修改承载指示的第一切换请求消息之后, 还包括: 所述核心网设备根据所述修改承载指示, 挂起所述源侧已使用的承 载信息和 /或所述新承载信息, 等待修改。  With reference to the fifth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, after the receiving, by the core network device, the first handover request message that is sent by the source network element, The core network device suspends the bearer information used by the source side and/or the new bearer information according to the modified bearer indication, and waits for modification.
结合第五方面或者第五方面的第一种可能实现方式, 在第五方面的第二 种可能实现方式中, 所述第二切换请求消息还包括: 非接入层 NAS信息, 所 述 NAS信息包含承载参数和 /或会话管理参数。  With reference to the fifth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the second handover request message further includes: non-access stratum NAS information, the NAS information Contains bearer parameters and/or session management parameters.
结合第五方面或者第五方面的第一种可能实现方式, 在第五方面的第三 种可能实现方式中, 当所述切换响应消息中的所述无线承载信息为源侧已使 用的无线承载信息和新无线承载信息,且所述切换响应消息不包括 NAS信息 时, 在所述核心网设备向所述源侧网元节点发送包含所述无线承载信息的切 换消息之前还包括: 所述核心网设备将所述 NAS 信息填加到所述切换消息 内。  With reference to the fifth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the radio bearer information in the handover response message is a radio bearer that has been used by the source side. The information and the new radio bearer information, and the handover response message does not include the NAS information, before the core network device sends the handover message including the radio bearer information to the source network element node, the method further includes: The network device adds the NAS information to the handover message.
结合第五方面, 或者第五方面的第一种, 或者第二种, 或者第三种可能 实现方式, 在第五方面的第四种可能实现方式中, 所述核心网设备接收所述 目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息, 进行承载修改, 包括: 当所述切 换响应消息中的所述无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息和新无线承 载信息时, 所述核心网设备接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消 息, 修改所述源侧已使用的承载信息和所述新承载信息; 或者,  With reference to the fifth aspect, or the first, or the second, or the third possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the core network device receives the target side The handover completion notification message sent by the network element node, where the bearer modification is performed, includes: when the radio bearer information in the handover response message is the radio bearer information used by the source side and the new radio bearer information, the core network device Receiving a handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, and modifying the bearer information used by the source side and the new bearer information; or
当所述切换响应消息中的所述无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信 息时, 所述核心网设备接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息, 修改所述源侧已使用的承载信息。  When the radio bearer information in the handover response message is radio bearer information that has been used by the source side, the core network device receives a handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, and the source side has been modified. The bearer information used.
结合第五方面的第四种可能实现方式, 在第五方面的第五种可能实现方 式中, 当所述切换响应消息中的所述无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载 信息时, 在进行承载修改之后, 还包括: In conjunction with the fourth possible implementation of the fifth aspect, the fifth possible implementation in the fifth aspect In the formula, when the radio bearer information in the handover response message is the radio bearer information that has been used by the source side, after performing the bearer modification, the method further includes:
所述核心网设备接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的修改承载通知消息, 修 改所述新承载信息。  The core network device receives the modify bearer notification message sent by the target side network element node, and modifies the new bearer information.
结合第五方面, 或者第五方面的上述任意一种可能实现方式, 在第五方 面的第六种可能实现方式中, 当所述核心网设备包括第一网元节点、 第二网 元节点、 源服务器网关 SGW和目标 SGW时,  With reference to the fifth aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, when the core network device includes a first network element node, a second network element node, When the source server gateway SGW and the target SGW,
所述第一网元节点接收所述源侧网元节点发送的第一切换请求消息; 所述第二网元节点向所述目标侧网元节点发送包含承载信息的第二切换 请求消息;  Receiving, by the first network element node, a first handover request message sent by the source side network element node, where the second network element node sends a second handover request message that includes bearer information to the target side network element node;
所述第二网元节点接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息。 结合第五方面的第六种能实现方式, 在第五方面的第七种可能实现方式 中, 在所述第二网元节点向所述目标侧网元节点发送包含承载信息的第二切 换请求消息之前, 还包括: 所述第二网元节点向所述核心网设备中的目标服 务器网关 SGW发送创建会话请求消息,以建立新的承载通道;所述目标 SGW 向所述第二网元节点发送创建会话响应消息进行应答。  The second network element node receives a handover complete notification message sent by the target side network element node. With reference to the sixth implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the second network element node sends a second handover request that includes the bearer information to the target network element node Before the message, the method further includes: sending, by the second network element node, a create session request message to the target server gateway SGW in the core network device, to establish a new bearer channel; and the target SGW to the second network element node Send a create session response message to answer.
结合第五方面的第六种能实现方式, 或者, 第五方面的第七种可能实现 方式, 在第五方面的第八种可能实现方式中, 在所述第二网元节点接收所述 目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息之后, 还包括: 所述第二网元节点 向所述第一网元节点发送所述切换完成通知消息, 以使所述第一网元节点在 进行承载修改之后通知所述源 SGW释放所述源侧已使用的承载信息。  With reference to the sixth implementation manner of the fifth aspect, or the seventh possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the target is received by the second network element node After the handover completion notification message sent by the side network element node, the method further includes: the second network element node sending the handover completion notification message to the first network element node, so that the first network element node is carrying After the modification, the source SGW is notified to release the bearer information used by the source side.
第六方面, 本发明实施例提供一种源侧网元节点, 包括:  In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a source side network element node, including:
接收模块, 用于接收核心网设备发送的包含业务信息的修改承载请求消 息;  a receiving module, configured to receive a modify bearer request message that is sent by the core network device and includes the service information;
发送模块, 用于当根据所述接收模块接收的业务信息决定进行网络切换 时, 向所述核心网设备发送包含修改承载指示的第一切换请求消息;  a sending module, configured to send, by using the service information received by the receiving module, a first handover request message including a modified bearer indication to the core network device;
所述接收模块, 还用于接收所述核心网设备发送的包含无线承载信息的 切换消息;  The receiving module is further configured to receive a handover message that is sent by the core network device and includes radio bearer information;
所述发送模块, 还用于在所述接收模块接收到所述切换消息后, 向用户 设备 UE发送包含所述无线承载信息的切换命令 ,以使所述 UE进行网络切换。 结合第六方面, 在第六方面的第一种可能实现方式中, 所述无线承载信 息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息, 或者, 源侧已使用的无线承载信息和新无 线承载信息。 The sending module is further configured to: after the receiving module receives the handover message, send a handover command including the radio bearer information to the user equipment UE, so that the UE performs network handover. With reference to the sixth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the radio bearer information is radio bearer information that has been used by the source side, or radio bearer information and new radio bearer information that have been used by the source side.
结合第六方面的第一种可能实现方式, 在第六方面的第二种可能实现方 式中, 当所述无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息和新无线承载信息 时,  With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, when the radio bearer information is the radio bearer information and the new radio bearer information that are used by the source side,
所述切换消息还包括非接入层 NAS信息;  The handover message further includes non-access stratum NAS information;
所述切换命令还包括所述 NAS信息;  The switching command further includes the NAS information;
其中, 所述 NAS信息包含承载参数和 /或会话管理参数。  The NAS information includes a bearer parameter and/or a session management parameter.
第七方面、 本发明实施例提供一种目标侧网元节点, 包括:  The seventh aspect of the present invention provides a target side network element node, including:
接收模块, 用于接收核心网设备发送的包含承载信息的第二切换请求消 息, 所述承载信息为源侧已使用的承载信息;  a receiving module, configured to receive, by the core network device, a second handover request message that includes the bearer information, where the bearer information is bearer information that has been used by the source side;
无线资源适配模块, 用于对所述接收模块接收的所述第二切换请求消息 中的承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得无线承载信息;  a radio resource adaptation module, configured to perform radio resource adaptation on the bearer information in the second handover request message received by the receiving module, to obtain radio bearer information;
所述接收模块, 还用于接收所述核心网设备发送的包含新承载信息和非 接入层 NAS信息的承载修改消息, 所述 NAS信息包含承载参数和 /或会话管 理参数;  The receiving module is further configured to receive, by the core network device, a bearer modification message that includes new bearer information and non-access stratum NAS information, where the NAS information includes bearer parameters and/or session management parameters;
所述无线资源适配模块, 还用于对所述接收模块接收的所述新承载信息 进行无线资源适配, 获得新无线承载信息;  The radio resource adaptation module is further configured to perform radio resource adaptation on the new bearer information received by the receiving module to obtain new radio bearer information;
所述发送模块, 还用于向所述 UE发送包含所述无线资源适配模块获得 的所述新无线承载信息和所述 NAS信息的资源重置消息;  The sending module is further configured to send, to the UE, a resource reset message that includes the new radio bearer information obtained by the radio resource adaptation module and the NAS information;
所述接收模块, 还用于接收所述 UE发送的资源重置响应消息; 所述发送模块, 还用于在所述接收模块接收到所述资源重置响应消息之 后, 向所述核心网设备发送修改承载通知消息, 以使所述核心网设备修改所 述新承载信息。  The receiving module is further configured to receive a resource reset response message sent by the UE, where the sending module is further configured to: after receiving, by the receiving module, the resource reset response message, to the core network device And sending a modify bearer notification message, so that the core network device modifies the new bearer information.
在第八方面, 本发明实施例提供一种核心网设备, 包括:  In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a core network device, including:
第一发送模块, 用于向源侧网元节点发送包含业务信息的修改承载请求 消息;  a first sending module, configured to send, to the source side network element node, a modify bearer request message that includes service information;
第一接收模块, 用于接收所述源侧网元节点发送的包含修改承载指示的 第一切换请求消息; 第二接收模块,用于接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息; 第二发送模块, 用于向所述目标侧网元节点发送包含新承载信息和非接 入层 NAS信息的承载修改消息,以使所述目标侧网元节点对所述新承载信息 进行无线资源适配, 所述 NAS信息包含承载参数和 /或会话管理参数; a first receiving module, configured to receive a first handover request message that is sent by the source side network element node and includes a modified bearer indication; a second receiving module, configured to receive a handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, where the second sending module is configured to send the new bearer information and the non-access stratum NAS information to the target side network element node Carrying a modification message, so that the target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the new bearer information, where the NAS information includes bearer parameters and/or session management parameters;
所述第二接收模块, 还用于接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的修改承载通 知消息, 进行承载修改。  The second receiving module is further configured to receive a modified bearer notification message sent by the target side network element node, and perform bearer modification.
结合第八方面, 在第八方面的第一种可能实现方式中, 所述第二接收模 块具体用于:  With reference to the eighth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the second receiving module is specifically configured to:
对所述新承载信息进行修改; 或者,  Modifying the new bearer information; or,
对所述源侧已使用的承载信息和所述新承载信息统一进行修改。  The bearer information used by the source side and the new bearer information are uniformly modified.
结合第八方面的第一种可能实现方式, 在第八方面的第二种可能实现方 式中, 当所述第二接收模块具体用于对所述新承载信息进行修改时, 所述第 二接收模块还用于:  With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, when the second receiving module is configured to modify the new bearer information, the second receiving The module is also used to:
在接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息之后, 对所述源侧 已使用的承载信息进行修改。  After receiving the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, the bearer information used by the source side is modified.
结合第八方面, 或者第八方面的第一种可能实现方式或者第八方面的第 二种可能实现方式, 在第八方面的第三种可能实现方式中, 所述第一接收模 块还用于:  With reference to the eighth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, or the second possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in the third possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the first receiving module is further used to :
根据所述第一切换请求消息中的修改承载指示, 挂起所述源侧已使用的 承载信息和 /或所述新承载信息, 等待修改。  And according to the modified bearer indication in the first handover request message, suspending the bearer information used by the source side and/or the new bearer information, and waiting for modification.
结合第八方面, 或者第八方面的第一种, 或者第二种, 或者第三种可能 实现方式, 在第八方面的第四种可能实现方式中, 所述核心网设备包括第一 网元节点、 第二网元节点、 源服务器网关 SGW和目标 SGW,  With reference to the eighth aspect, or the first, or the second, or the third possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the core network device includes a first network element Node, second network element node, source server gateway SGW, and target SGW,
所述第一网元节点包括: 所述第一发送模块和所述第一接收模块; 所述第二网元节点包括: 所述第二发送模块和所述第二接收模块。  The first network element node includes: the first sending module and the first receiving module; and the second network element node includes: the second sending module and the second receiving module.
结合第八方面的第四种可能实现方式, 在第八方面的第五种可能实现方 式中, 所述第二发送模块, 还用于在向所述目标侧网元节点发送包含承载信 息的第二切换请求消息之前, 向所述目标 SGW发送创建会话请求消息, 以 建立新的承载通道;  With reference to the fourth possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the second sending module is further configured to send, by using the bearer information, to the target side network element node Before the second handover request message, sending a create session request message to the target SGW to establish a new bearer channel;
所述第二接收模块, 还用于接收所述目标 SGW发送的创建会话响应消 息。 The second receiving module is further configured to receive a create session response sent by the target SGW. Interest.
结合第八方面的第四种可能实现方式, 或者第五种可能实现方式, 在第 八方面的第六种可能实现方式中, 所述第二发送模块, 还用于在接收到所述 切换完成通知消息之后, 向所述第 ―网元节点发送所述切换完成通知消息, 以使所述第一网元节点在修改所述承载信息之后通知所述源 SGW释放所述 承载信息;  With reference to the fourth possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, or the fifth possible implementation manner, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the second sending module is further configured to receive the handover completion After the notification message, the handover completion notification message is sent to the first network element node, so that the first network element node notifies the source SGW to release the bearer information after modifying the bearer information;
所述第一接收模块, 还用于接收所述第二网元节点发送的切换完成通知 消息, 对所述承载信息进行修改;  The first receiving module is further configured to receive a handover completion notification message sent by the second network element node, and modify the bearer information;
所述第一发送模块, 还用于在所述第一接收模块接收到所述切换完成通 知消息后, 发送消息通知所述源 SGW释放所述承载信息。  The first sending module is further configured to: after the first receiving module receives the handover complete notification message, send a message to notify the source SGW to release the bearer information.
第九方面, 本发明实施例提供一种目标侧网元节点, 包括: 接收模块, 用于接收核心网设备发送的包含承载信息的第二切换请求消息, 所述承载信 息为源侧已使用的承载信息和新承载信息;  A ninth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a target side network element node, including: a receiving module, configured to receive a second handover request message that includes a bearer information sent by a core network device, where the bearer information is used by a source side. Bearer information and new bearer information;
无线资源适配模块, 用于对所述接收模块接收的第二切换请求消息中的 承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得无线承载信息;  a radio resource adaptation module, configured to perform radio resource adaptation on the bearer information in the second handover request message received by the receiving module, to obtain radio bearer information;
发送模块, 用于向所述核心网设备发送包含所述无线资源适配模块获得 的无线承载信息的切换响应消息, 触发所述核心网设备向源侧网元节点发送 包含所述无线承载信息的切换消息;  a sending module, configured to send, to the core network device, a handover response message that includes the radio bearer information obtained by the radio resource adaptation module, and trigger the core network device to send the radio bearer information to the source side network element node. Switching messages;
所述接收模块, 还用于接收用户设备 UE发送的切换完成消息; 所述发送模块, 还用于在所述接收模块接收到所述 UE发送的切换完成 消息后, 向所述核心网设备发送切换完成通知消息。  The receiving module is further configured to receive a handover complete message sent by the user equipment UE, where the sending module is further configured to send, after the receiving module receives the handover complete message sent by the UE, to the core network device Switch completion notification message.
结合第九方面, 在第九方面的第一种可能实现方式中, 所述无线资源适 配模块具体用于:  With reference to the ninth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the radio resource adaptation module is specifically configured to:
对所述接收模块接收的第二切换请求消息中的源侧已使用的承载信息和 所述新承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得所述无线承载信息, 所述无线承载 信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息和新无线承载信息。  And performing radio resource adaptation on the bearer information used by the source side and the new bearer information in the second handover request message received by the receiving module, to obtain the radio bearer information, where the radio bearer information is used by the source side. Radio bearer information and new radio bearer information.
结合第九方面的第一种可能实现方式, 在第九方面的第二种可能实现方 式中, 所述第二切换请求消息还包含非接入层 NAS信息;  With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the second handover request message further includes non-access stratum NAS information;
所述切换响应消息还包含所述 NAS信息;  The handover response message further includes the NAS information;
其中, 所述 NAS信息包含承载参数和 /或会话管理参数。 结合第九方面, 在第九方面的第三种可能实现方式中, 当所述第二切换 请求消息还包含非接入层 NAS信息时, 所述无线资源适配模块具体用于: 对所述源侧已使用的承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得所述无线承载信 息, 所述无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息; 保存所述新承载信息 和所述 NAS信息; 或者, The NAS information includes a bearer parameter and/or a session management parameter. With reference to the ninth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, when the second handover request message further includes non-access stratum NAS information, the radio resource adaptation module is specifically configured to: The bearer information used by the source side is used for radio resource adaptation, and the radio bearer information is obtained, where the radio bearer information is used by the source side; the new bearer information and the NAS information are saved; or
对所述源侧已使用的承载信息和所述新承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获 得所述无线承载信息和所述新无线承载信息, 所述无线承载信息为源侧已使 用的无线承载信息; 保存所述新无线承载信息和所述 NAS信息。  Performing radio resource adaptation on the bearer information used by the source side and the new bearer information, and obtaining the radio bearer information and the new radio bearer information, where the radio bearer information is used by the source side. ; saving the new radio bearer information and the NAS information.
结合第九方面的第三种可能实现方式, 在第九方面的第四种可能实现方 式中,  In conjunction with the third possible implementation of the ninth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation of the ninth aspect,
所述无线资源适配模块,还用于当保存所述新承载信息和所述 NAS信息 时, 在所述发送模块向所述核心网设备发送切换完成通知消息之后, 对已保 存的所述新承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得新无线承载信息, 并获取所述 NAS信息; 或者, 当保存所述新无线承载信息和所述 NAS信息时, 在所述 发送模块向所述核心网设备发送切换完成通知消息之后, 获取所述新无线承 载信息和所述 NAS信息;  The radio resource adaptation module is further configured to, after saving the new bearer information and the NAS information, after the sending module sends a handover completion notification message to the core network device, the saved new Carrying information for performing radio resource adaptation, obtaining new radio bearer information, and acquiring the NAS information; or, when saving the new radio bearer information and the NAS information, sending, by the sending module, the core network device After the handover completion notification message, acquiring the new radio bearer information and the NAS information;
所述发送模块, 还用于在所述无线资源适配模块获得所述新无线承载信 息之后, 向所述 UE发送包含所述新无线承载信息和所述 NAS信息的资源重 置消息;  The sending module is further configured to: after the radio resource adaptation module obtains the new radio bearer information, send, to the UE, a resource reset message that includes the new radio bearer information and the NAS information;
所述接收模块, 还用于在所述发送模块发送所述资源重置消息之后, 接 收所述 UE发送的资源重置响应消息;  The receiving module is further configured to: after the sending, by the sending module, the resource reset message, receive a resource reset response message sent by the UE;
所述发送模块, 还用于在所述接收模块接收到所述资源重置响应消息之 后, 所述向所述核心网设备发送修改承载通知消息, 以使所述核心网设备修 改所述新承载信息。  The sending module is further configured to: after the receiving module receives the resource reset response message, send the modify bearer notification message to the core network device, so that the core network device modifies the new bearer information.
第十方面、 本发明实施例提供一种核心网设备, 包括:  The tenth aspect of the present invention provides a core network device, including:
第一发送模块, 用于向源侧网元节点发送包含业务信息的修改承载请求 消息;  a first sending module, configured to send, to the source side network element node, a modify bearer request message that includes service information;
第一接收模块, 用于接收所述源侧网元节点发送的包含修改承载指示的 第一切换请求消息;  a first receiving module, configured to receive, by the source network element node, a first handover request message that includes a modified bearer indication;
第二发送模块, 用于向目标侧网元节点发送包含承载信息的第二切换请 求消息, 所述承载信息为源侧已使用的承载信息和新承载信息; 第二接收模块, 用于接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的包含无线承载信息 的切换响应消息; a second sending module, configured to send, to the target side network element node, a second switching request that includes the bearer information And the second receiving module is configured to receive a handover response message that includes the radio bearer information that is sent by the target side network element node, where the information about the bearer information is used by the source side.
所述第一发送模块, 还用于向所述源侧网元节点发送包含所述第二接收 模块接收的所述无线承载信息的切换消息, 触发所述源侧网元节点向所述用 户设备 UE发送包含所述无线承载信息的切换命令;  The first sending module is further configured to send, to the source network element node, a handover message that includes the radio bearer information received by the second receiving module, and trigger the source side network element node to the user equipment. Transmitting, by the UE, a handover command that includes the radio bearer information;
所述第二接收模块, 还用于接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通 知消息, 进行承载修改。  The second receiving module is further configured to receive a handover complete notification message sent by the target side network element node, and perform bearer modification.
结合第十方面, 在第十方面的第一种可能实现方式, 所述第一接收模块, 还用于: 根据所述第一切换请求消息中的修改承载指示, 挂起所述源侧已使 用的承载信息和 /或所述新承载信息, 等待修改。  With reference to the tenth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the first receiving module is further configured to: suspend the source side from being used according to the modified bearer indication in the first handover request message Bearer information and/or the new bearer information, waiting to be modified.
结合第十方面, 或者第十方面的第一种可能实现方式, 在第十方面的第 二种可能实现方式中, 所述第二切换请求消息还包括: 非接入层 NAS信息, 所述 NAS信息包含承载参数和 /或会话管理参数。  With reference to the tenth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in the second possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the second handover request message further includes: non-access stratum NAS information, the NAS The information contains bearer parameters and/or session management parameters.
结合第十方面, 或者第十方面的第一种可能实现方式, 在第十方面的第 三种可能实现方式中, 当所述切换响应消息中的所述无线承载信息为源侧已 使用的无线承载信息和新无线承载信息,且所述切换响应消息不包括 NAS信 息时, 所述第一发送模块还用于:  With reference to the tenth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in the third possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the radio bearer information in the handover response message is used by the source side When the information and the new radio bearer information are carried, and the handover response message does not include the NAS information, the first sending module is further configured to:
在所述核心网设备向所述源侧网元节点发送所述切换消息之前, 将所述 NAS信息填加到所述切换消息内。  Before the core network device sends the handover message to the source side network element node, the NAS information is added to the handover message.
结合第十方面, 或者第十方面的第一种, 或者第二种, 或者第三种可能 实现方式, 在第十方面的第四种可能实现方式中, 所述第二接收模块具体用 于:  With reference to the tenth aspect, or the first, or the second, or the third possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the second receiving module is specifically configured to:
当所述切换响应消息中的所述无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信 息和新无线承载信息时, 所述核心网设备接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的切 换完成通知消息, 修改所述源侧已使用的承载信息和所述新承载信息; 或者, 当所述切换响应消息中的所述无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信 息时, 所述核心网设备接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息, 修改所述源侧已使用的承载信息。  When the radio bearer information in the handover response message is the radio bearer information and the new radio bearer information that are used by the source side, the core network device receives the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, and modifies The bearer information that has been used by the source side and the new bearer information; or, when the radio bearer information in the handover response message is radio bearer information that has been used by the source side, the core network device receives the The handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, and the bearer information used by the source side is modified.
结合第十方面的第四种可能实现方式, 在第十方面的第五种可能实现方 式中, 当所述切换响应消息中的所述无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载 信息时, In conjunction with the fourth possible implementation of the tenth aspect, the fifth possible implementation in the tenth aspect Wherein, when the radio bearer information in the handover response message is radio bearer information used by the source side,
所述第二接收模块, 还用于在进行承载修改之后, 接收所述目标侧网元 节点发送的修改承载通知消息 , 修改所述新承载信息。  The second receiving module is further configured to: after performing bearer modification, receive a modify bearer notification message sent by the target side network element node, and modify the new bearer information.
结合第十方面, 或者上述第十方面的任意一种可能实现方式, 在第十方 面的第六种可能实现方式中, 所述核心网设备包括第一网元节点、 第二网元 节点、 源服务器网关 SGW和目标 SGW,  With the tenth aspect, or any one of the possible implementation manners of the foregoing tenth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the core network device includes a first network element node, a second network element node, and a source Server gateway SGW and target SGW,
所述第一网元节点包括: 所述第一发送模块和所述第一接收模块; 所述第二网元节点包括: 所述第二发送模块和所述第二接收模块。  The first network element node includes: the first sending module and the first receiving module; and the second network element node includes: the second sending module and the second receiving module.
结合第十方面的第六种可能实现方式, 在第十方面的第七种可能实现方 式中, 所述第二发送模块, 还用于在向所述目标侧网元节点发送包含承载信 息的第二切换请求消息之前, 向所述目标 SGW发送创建会话请求消息, 以 建立新的承载通道;  With reference to the sixth possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the second sending module is further configured to send, by using the bearer information, to the target side network element node Before the second handover request message, sending a create session request message to the target SGW to establish a new bearer channel;
所述第二接收模块, 还用于接收所述目标 SGW发送的创建会话响应消 息。  The second receiving module is further configured to receive a create session response message sent by the target SGW.
结合第十方面的第六种可能实现方式或者第七种可能实现方式, 在第十 方面的第八种可能实现方式中, 所述第二发送模块, 还用于在接收到所述切 换完成通知消息之后, 向所述第一网元节点发送所述切换完成通知消息, 以 使所述第一网元节点通知所述源 SGW释放所述源侧已使用的承载信息; 所述第一接收模块, 还用于接收所述第二网元节点发送的切换完成通知 消息, 进行承载修改;  With reference to the sixth possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, or the seventh possible implementation manner, in the eighth possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the second sending module is further configured to receive the handover completion notification After the message, the handover completion notification message is sent to the first network element node, so that the first network element node notifies the source SGW to release the bearer information used by the source side; the first receiving module And receiving the handover completion notification message sent by the second network element node, and performing bearer modification;
所述第一发送模块, 还用于在所述第一接收模块接收到所述切换完成通 知消息后, 发送消息通知所述源 SGW释放所述源侧已使用的承载信息。  The first sending module is further configured to: after the first receiving module receives the handover complete notification message, send a message to notify the source SGW to release the bearer information used by the source side.
第十一方面, 本发明实施例提供一种承载处理系统, 包括上述源侧网元 节点、 第七方面的目标侧网元节点以及第八方面的核心网设备。  In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a bearer processing system, including the source side network element node, the target side network element node of the seventh aspect, and the core network device of the eighth aspect.
第十二方面, 本发明实施例提供一种承载处理系统, 包括上述源侧网元 节点、 第九方面的目标侧网元节点以及第十方面的核心网设备。  According to a twelfth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a bearer processing system, including the source side network element node, the target side network element node of the ninth aspect, and the core network device of the tenth aspect.
本发明的技术效果是: 本发明实施例一种承载处理方法、 装置和系统, 通过源侧网元节点接收核心网设备发送的包含业务描述信息的修改承载请求 消息, 再由源侧网元节点根据业务描述信息确定需要进行网络切换, 最后由 源侧网元节点向核心网设备发送包含修改承载指示的切换响应消息, 以在网 络切换的过程中修改承载信息, 实现了进行网络切换的同时, 对业务承载进 行修改, 提高了业务处理速度, 保证了业务的服务质量。 附图说明 为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例或现有技术中的技术方案, 下面将对实 施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作一简单地介绍, 显而易见地, 下 面描述中的附图是本发明的一些实施例, 对于本领域普通技术人员来讲, 在 不付出创造性劳动性的前提下, 还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。 The technical effect of the present invention is: a bearer processing method, apparatus, and system according to an embodiment of the present invention, which receives a modified bearer request message including service description information sent by a core network device by a source side network element node, and then a source side network element node According to the service description information, it is determined that the network switching needs to be performed, and finally The source side network element node sends a handover response message including the modified bearer indication to the core network device, so as to modify the bearer information in the process of network handover, and implements the network handover, and the service bearer is modified to improve the service processing speed. Guarantee the quality of service of the business. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS In order to more clearly illustrate the embodiments of the present invention or the technical solutions in the prior art, a brief description of the drawings used in the embodiments or the prior art description will be briefly described below. The drawings are some embodiments of the present invention, and those skilled in the art can obtain other drawings based on these drawings without any inventive labor.
图 1为本发明承载处理方法实施例一的信令流程示意图;  1 is a schematic diagram of a signaling flow of Embodiment 1 of a bearer processing method according to the present invention;
图 2为本发明承载处理方法实施例二的一种信令流程示意图;  2 is a schematic diagram of a signaling flow according to Embodiment 2 of a bearer processing method according to the present invention;
图 3为本发明承载处理方法实施例二的另一种信令流程示意图; 图 4为本发明承载处理方法实施例四的信令流程示意图;  FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of another signaling flow according to Embodiment 2 of a bearer processing method of the present invention; FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a signaling flow of Embodiment 4 of a bearer processing method according to the present invention;
图 5为本发明承载处理方法实施例五的信令流程示意图;  FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a signaling process according to Embodiment 5 of a bearer processing method according to the present invention;
图 6为本发明承载处理方法实施例六的信令流程示意图;  6 is a schematic diagram of a signaling process of Embodiment 6 of a bearer processing method according to the present invention;
图 7为本发明承载处理方法实施例七的信令流程示意图;  7 is a schematic diagram of a signaling flow of Embodiment 7 of a bearer processing method according to the present invention;
图 8为本发明承载处理方法实施例八的信令流程示意图;  8 is a schematic diagram of a signaling process of Embodiment 8 of a bearer processing method according to the present invention;
图 9为本发明实施例的一种源侧网元节点结构示意图;  FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a source side network element node according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 10为本发明实施例的一种目标侧网元节点结构示意图;  FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a target side network element node according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 1 1为本发明实施例的一种核心网设备结构示意图;  FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 12为本发明实施例的另一种目标侧网元节点结构示意图;  FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of another target side network element node according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 13为本发明实施例的另一种核心网设备结构示意图;  FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 14为本发明实施例的一种源侧网元节点结构示意图;  FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a source side network element node according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 15为本发明实施例的一种目标侧网元节点结构示意图;  FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a target side network element node according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 16为本发明实施例的一种核心网设备结构示意图;  FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 17为本发明实施例的另一种目标侧网元节点结构示意图;  FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of another target side network element node according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 18为本发明实施例的另一种核心网设备结构示意图。 具体实施方式 为使本发明实施例的目的、 技术方案和优点更加清楚, 下面将结合本发 明实施例中的附图, 对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、 完整地描述, 显然, 所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例, 而不是全部的实施例。 基于 本发明中的实施例, 本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获 得的所有其他实施例, 都属于本发明保护的范围。 FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of another core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE EMBODIMENTS In order to make the objectives, technical solutions and advantages of the embodiments of the present invention more clear, the following will be combined with the present invention. The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the drawings, and the embodiments are described as a part of the embodiments of the present invention, rather than all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.
图 1为本发明承载处理方法实施例一的信令流程示意图,具体如下所述。 步骤 100, 核心网设备向源侧网元节点发送包含业务信息的修改承载请 求消息。  FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a signaling flow according to Embodiment 1 of a bearer processing method according to the present invention, which is specifically described below. Step 100: The core network device sends a modify bearer request message containing the service information to the source side network element node.
其中, 业务信息包括: 业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带宽信息和速率 信息中的至少一种信息。  The service information includes: at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information.
需要说明的是, 在 GSM EDGE无线接入网 ( GSM EDGE Radio Access It should be noted that the GSM EDGE Radio Access Network (GSM EDGE Radio Access)
Network, 以下简称 GERAN )或者全球陆地无线接入网( Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network,以下简称 UTRAN )向长期演进( Long Term Evolution, 以下简称 LTE )进行切换时, 该源侧网元节点可以为基站控制器 (Base Station Controller, 以下简称 BSC)或者无线网络控制器( Radio Network Control , 以 下简称 RNC ) , 在 LTE向 GERAN或者 UTRAN进行切换时, 该源侧网元节 点可以为演进性基站 (evolved Node Base, 以下简称 eNB ) 。 When the network (hereinafter referred to as GERAN) or the Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (UTRAN) is switched to Long Term Evolution (LTE), the source side network element node can be controlled by the base station. (Base Station Controller, hereinafter referred to as BSC) or Radio Network Control (RNC), when the LTE is switched to GERAN or UTRAN, the source side network element node may be an evolved base station (evolved Node Base). , hereinafter referred to as eNB ).
具体的, 当用户设备 ( User Equipment, 以下简称 UE )发起多个业务时, 触发核心网设备发起承载修改进程, 并由核心网设备发送包含业务信息的修 改承载请求消息给源侧网元节点。  Specifically, when the user equipment (User Equipment, hereinafter referred to as UE) initiates multiple services, the core network device is triggered to initiate a bearer modification process, and the core network device sends a modified bearer request message containing the service information to the source side network element node.
步骤 101 , 源侧网元节点接收核心网设备发送的包含业务信息的修改承 载请求消息。  Step 101: The source side network element node receives a modification bearer request message that is sent by the core network device and includes the service information.
步骤 102, 当源侧网元节点根据所述业务信息决定进行网络切换时, 向 核心网设备发送包含修改承载指示的第一切换请求消息。  Step 102: When the source side network element node determines to perform network switching according to the service information, send a first handover request message including a modified bearer indication to the core network device.
具体的, 由源侧网元节点根据上述修改承载请求消息中的业务信息决定 是否进行网络切换。  Specifically, the source side network element determines whether to perform network switching according to the service information in the modified bearer request message.
其中, 修改承载指示用于指示核心网挂起源侧已使用的承载信息和 /或新 承载信息, 等待修改。  The modify bearer indication is used to indicate that the core network hangs the bearer information and/or the new bearer information used by the origin side, and waits for modification.
步骤 103 , 核心网设备接收源侧网元节点发送的包含修改承载指示的第 一切换请求消息,向目标侧网元节点发送包含承载信息的第二切换请求消息。  Step 103: The core network device receives a first handover request message that is sent by the source side network element node and includes a modified bearer indication, and sends a second handover request message that includes the bearer information to the target side network element node.
其中, 承载信息为源侧已使用的承载信息。 需要说明的是, 当 GERAN或者 UTRAN向 LTE进行切换时 , 该目标侧 网元节点可以为 eNB; 当 LTE向 GERAN或者 UTRAN进行切换时, 该源目 标侧网元节点可以为 BSC或者 RNC。 The bearer information is bearer information that has been used on the source side. It should be noted that when the GERAN or the UTRAN performs handover to the LTE, the target side network element node may be an eNB; when the LTE performs handover to the GERAN or the UTRAN, the source target side network element node may be a BSC or an RNC.
步骤 104, 目标侧网元节点接收核心网设备发送的包含承载信息的第二 切换请求消息, 对所述承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得无线承载信息。  Step 104: The target side network element node receives the second handover request message that is sent by the core network device and includes the bearer information, and performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer information to obtain radio bearer information.
其中, 无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息。  The radio bearer information is radio bearer information that has been used on the source side.
步骤 105, 目标侧网元节点向核心网设备发送包含所述无线承载信息的 切换响应消息, 触发核心网设备向源侧网元节点发送包含所述无线承载信息 的切换消息。  Step 105: The target side network element node sends a handover response message including the radio bearer information to the core network device, and triggers the core network device to send a handover message including the radio bearer information to the source side network element node.
步骤 106, 核心网设备接收目标侧网元节点发送的包含无线承载信息的 切换响应消息, 并向源侧网元节点发送包含所述无线承载信息的切换消息, 触发源侧网元节点向用户设备 UE发送包含所述无线承载信息的切换命令。  Step 106: The core network device receives the handover response message that is sent by the target network element node and includes the radio bearer information, and sends a handover message that includes the radio bearer information to the source network element node, and triggers the source side network element node to the user equipment. The UE transmits a handover command including the radio bearer information.
步骤 107, 源侧网元节点接收核心网设备发送的包含无线承载信息的切 换消息, 并向用户设备 UE发送包含所述无线承载信息的切换命令, 以使所 述 UE进行网络切换。  Step 107: The source side network element node receives a switching message that includes the radio bearer information sent by the core network device, and sends a handover command including the radio bearer information to the user equipment UE, so that the UE performs network switching.
步骤 108, 目标侧网元节点接收 UE发送的切换完成消息, 并向核心网设 备发送切换完成通知消息。  Step 108: The target side network element node receives the handover complete message sent by the UE, and sends a handover complete notification message to the core network device.
步骤 109, 核心网设备接收目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息。 步骤 110, 核心网设备向目标侧网元节点发送包含新承载信息和非接入 层 (Non- Access Stratum , 简称 NAS )信息的承载修改消息, 以使目标侧网 元节点对所述新承载信息进行无线资源适配。  Step 109: The core network device receives a handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node. Step 110: The core network device sends a bearer modification message including the new bearer information and the non-access stratum (NAS) information to the target side network element node, so that the target side network element node pairs the new bearer information. Perform wireless resource adaptation.
其中, 所述 NAS信息包含承载参数和 /或会话管理参数。  The NAS information includes a bearer parameter and/or a session management parameter.
步骤 111 , 目标侧网元节点接收核心网设备发送的包含新承载信息和非 接入层 NAS信息的承载修改消息, 并对所述新承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得新无线承载信息。  Step 111: The target side network element node receives the bearer modification message that is sent by the core network device and includes the new bearer information and the non-access stratum NAS information, and performs radio resource adaptation on the new bearer information to obtain new radio bearer information.
步骤 112, 目标侧网元节点向 UE发送包含所述新无线承载信息和所述 NAS信息的资源重置消息。  Step 112: The target side network element node sends a resource reset message including the new radio bearer information and the NAS information to the UE.
其中, 所述 NAS信息用于使 UE根据所述 NAS信息进行相应的承载修 改。  The NAS information is used to enable the UE to perform corresponding bearer modification according to the NAS information.
步骤 113 , 目标侧网元节点接收 UE发送的资源重置响应消息, 并向核心 网设备发送修改承载通知消息, 以使核心网设备修改所述新承载信息。 Step 113: The target side network element node receives the resource reset response message sent by the UE, and sends the message to the core. The network device sends a modify bearer notification message to enable the core network device to modify the new bearer information.
步骤 114, 核心网设备接收目标侧网元节点发送的修改承载通知消息, 进行承载修改。  Step 114: The core network device receives the modify bearer notification message sent by the target side network element node, and performs bearer modification.
其中, 进行承载修改具体可以包括:  The performing bearer modification may include:
对新承载信息进行修改; 或者,  Modify the new bearer information; or,
对源侧已使用的承载信息和新承载信息统一进行修改, 具体的, 核心网 设备在接收目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知后, 核心网设备对源侧已经 使用的承载以及新承载一并进行修改。  The bearer information and the new bearer information that have been used on the source side are uniformly modified. Specifically, after the core network device receives the handover completion notification sent by the target side network element node, the core network device uses the bearer used by the source side and the new bearer. And make changes.
需要指出的是, 当进行承载修改包括对新承载信息进行修改时, 在核心 网设备接收目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息之后,即步骤 109之后, 还包括:  It should be noted that, after performing the bearer modification, including modifying the new bearer information, after the core network device receives the handover complete notification message sent by the target side network element node, that is, after step 109, the method further includes:
核心网设备对源侧已使用的承载信息进行修改。  The core network device modifies the bearer information that has been used on the source side.
具体的, 核心网设备接收目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知, 以使核 心网设备对源侧已经使用的承载进行修改。 再由核心网设备接收目标侧网元 节点发送的修改承载通知消息, 以使核心网设备对需要修改的新承载信息进 行修改, 即源侧已经使用的承载和新承载分别进行修改。  Specifically, the core network device receives the handover completion notification sent by the target side network element node, so that the core network device modifies the bearer that has been used on the source side. Then, the core network device receives the modify bearer notification message sent by the target side network element node, so that the core network device modifies the new bearer information that needs to be modified, that is, the bearer and the new bearer that have been used on the source side are respectively modified.
需要说明的是, 无论是源侧已经使用的承载以及新承载一并进行修改, 还是源侧已经使用的承载和新承载分别进行修改, 承载修改都有两种方式: 即统一修改承载或者增加新承载。  It should be noted that, whether the bearer used by the source side and the new bearer are modified together, or the bearer and the new bearer that have been used on the source side are modified separately, there are two ways to modify the bearer: that is, uniformly modify the bearer or add a new one. Hosted.
方式一、 统一修改承载。 该承载能够支撑切换前的业务 1 以及触发切换 的新业务 2。 例如原来支持业务 1 的承载为: 承载标识 =9, 业务类型 =1 , 最 大速率 =100, 分配和保留优先级( Allocation and Retention Priority, 简称 ARP) =2,保证速率 =80等。 统一修改后可以支持业务 1和业务 2的承载为: 承载 标识 =9, 业务类型 =1 , 最大速率 =300, ARP=1,保证速率 =200等。 这时在网 络中存在的承载就是一个标识 =9的承载。  Method 1: Unified modification of the bearer. The bearer can support the pre-switching service 1 and the new service 2 that triggers the handover. For example, the bearer of the original support service 1 is: bearer ID = 9, service type =1, maximum rate = 100, Allocation and Retention Priority (ARP) = 2, guaranteed rate = 80, and so on. After unified modification, the bearers of service 1 and service 2 can be supported as: bearer ID = 9, service type =1, maximum rate = 300, ARP = 1, guaranteed rate = 200, and so on. The bearer that exists in the network at this time is a bearer with the identifier =9.
方式二、 增力口新 载。  Method 2, Xinlikou new.
例如, 原来支持业务 1的承载为: 承载标识 =9, 业务类型 =1 , 最大速率 =100, ARP=2,保证速率 =80等。 增加新承载支持业务 2的为: 承载标识 =8, 业务类型 =21 , 最大速率 =200, ARP=1,保证速率 =150等。 这时在网络中存在 的承载是二个, 标识 =9的承载和标识 =8的承载。 在一种实施场景下, 当核心网设备包括第一网元节点、 第二网元节点、 源服务器网关( Server Gateway, 简称 SGW )和目标 SGW时, For example, the bearer that originally supports service 1 is: bearer ID = 9, service type = 1, maximum rate = 100, ARP = 2, guaranteed rate = 80, and so on. The new bearer support service 2 is added: bearer ID = 8, service type = 21, maximum rate = 200, ARP = 1, guaranteed rate = 150, and so on. At this time, the bearers existing in the network are two, the bearer with the identifier = 9 and the bearer with the identifier = 8. In an implementation scenario, when the core network device includes a first network element node, a second network element node, a source server gateway (SGW), and a target SGW,
第一网元节点接收源侧网元节点发送的第一切换请求消息;  Receiving, by the first network element node, a first handover request message sent by the source side network element node;
第二网元节点向目标侧网元节点发送包含承载信息的第二切换请求消 息;  The second network element node sends a second handover request message including the bearer information to the target side network element node;
第二网元节点接收目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息。  The second network element node receives the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node.
其中,第二网元节点可以为移动性管理实体( Mobility Management Entity, 简称 MME ) , 第一网元节点可以为通用分组无线业务 (General Packet Radio Service , 以下简称 GPRS)服务支持节点( Serving GPRS Support Node 以下简 称 SGSN ) 。  The second network element node may be a Mobility Management Entity (MME), and the first network element node may be a General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) service support node (Serving GPRS Support). Node is hereinafter referred to as SGSN).
可选的, 在第二网元节点向目标侧网元节点发送包含承载信息的第二切 换请求消息之前, 还包括:  Optionally, before the second network element node sends the second switching request message that includes the bearer information to the target network element node, the method further includes:
核心网设备中的第二网元节点向核心网设备中的目标服务器网关 SGW 发送创建会话请求消息, 以建立新的承载通道;  The second network element node in the core network device sends a create session request message to the target server gateway SGW in the core network device to establish a new bearer channel;
目标 SGW向第二网元节点发送创建会话响应消息进行应答。  The target SGW sends a create session response message to the second network element node to respond.
可选的, 在第二网元节点接收目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息 之后, 即步骤 109之后, 还包括:  Optionally, after the second network element node receives the handover complete notification message sent by the target side network element node, that is, after step 109, the method further includes:
第二网元节点向第一网元节点发送切换完成通知消息, 以使第 ―网元节 点在修改承载信息之后通知核心网设备中的源 SGW释放承载信息。  The second network element node sends a handover complete notification message to the first network element node, so that the first network element node notifies the source SGW in the core network device to release the bearer information after modifying the bearer information.
本实施例提供的承载处理方法, 当源侧网元节点根据核心网设备发送的 业务信息确定进行网络切换时, 包含修改承载指示的第一切换请求消息, 指 示核心网在进行切换的同时进行承载修改; 此外, 在切换完成后, 核心网将 新承载信息和 NAS信息发送给目标侧网元节点, 目标侧往哪个院节点通过重 配置消息发送给 UE, 以使 UE根据 NAS信息进行更新, 提高了业务处理速 度, 保证了业务的服务质量。  The bearer processing method provided in this embodiment, when the source side network element node determines to perform the network handover according to the service information sent by the core network device, includes a first handover request message that modifies the bearer indication, and instructs the core network to perform the handover while performing the handover. In addition, after the handover is completed, the core network sends the new bearer information and the NAS information to the target side network element node, and the target side sends the UE to the UE through the reconfiguration message, so that the UE updates according to the NAS information, thereby improving The processing speed of the business ensures the quality of service of the business.
图 2为本发明承载处理方法实施例二的一种信令流程示意图, 具体如下 所述。  FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a signaling flow according to Embodiment 2 of a bearer processing method according to the present invention, which is specifically as follows.
步骤 200, 核心网设备向源侧网元节点发送包含业务信息的修改承载请 求消息。  Step 200: The core network device sends a modify bearer request message containing the service information to the source side network element node.
其中, 业务信息包括: 业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带宽信息和速率 信息中的至少一种信息。 The service information includes: service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate. At least one of the information.
其中, 源侧网元节点的相关描述参见步骤 100。  For a description of the source side network element node, see step 100.
步骤 201 , 源侧网元节点接收核心网设备发送的包含业务信息的修改承 载请求消息。  Step 201: The source side network element node receives a modification bearer request message that is sent by the core network device and includes the service information.
步骤 202, 当源侧网元节点根据所述业务信息决定进行网络切换时, 向 所述核心网设备发送包含修改承载指示的第一切换请求消息。  Step 202: When the source side network element node determines to perform network switching according to the service information, send a first handover request message including a modified bearer indication to the core network device.
步骤 203 , 核心网设备接收源侧网元节点发送的包含修改承载指示的第 一切换请求消息,向目标侧网元节点发送包含承载信息的第二切换请求消息。  Step 203: The core network device receives a first handover request message that is sent by the source network element node and includes a modified bearer indication, and sends a second handover request message that includes the bearer information to the target network element node.
其中, 修改承载指示用于指示核心网挂起源侧已使用的承载信息和 /或新 承载信息, 等待修改。  The modify bearer indication is used to indicate that the core network hangs the bearer information and/or the new bearer information used by the origin side, and waits for modification.
其中, 承载信息为源侧已使用的承载信息和新承载信息。  The bearer information is bearer information and new bearer information that have been used on the source side.
其中, 第二切换请求消息还可以包含 NAS信息, NAS信息包含承载参 数和 /或会话管理参数。  The second handover request message may further include NAS information, where the NAS information includes a bearer parameter and/or a session management parameter.
需要说明的是, 当 GERAN或者 UTRAN向 LTE进行切换时, 该目标侧 网元节点可以为 eNB; 当 LTE向 GERAN或者 UTRAN进行切换时, 该源目 标侧网元节点可以为 BSC或者 RNC。  It should be noted that when the RAN or the UTRAN is switched to the LTE, the target side network element node may be an eNB; when the LTE is switched to the GERAN or the UTRAN, the source target side network element node may be a BSC or an RNC.
步骤 204, 目标侧网元节点接收核心网设备发送的包含承载信息的第二 切换请求消息, 对所述承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得无线承载信息。  Step 204: The target side network element node receives a second handover request message that is sent by the core network device and includes the bearer information, and performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer information to obtain radio bearer information.
其中, 当第二切换请求消息还包括 NAS信息时, 目标侧网元节点对承载 信息进行无线资源适配,获得无线承载信息可以釆用如下 Al、 A2和 A3三种 方式:  When the second handover request message further includes the NAS information, the target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer information, and the obtained radio bearer information may be in the following manners: Al, A2, and A3:
Al、 目标侧网元节点对源侧已使用的承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得 无线承载信息, 无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息; 保存新承载信 息和 NAS信息。  Al. The target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer information used by the source side to obtain radio bearer information, and the radio bearer information is radio bearer information used by the source side; and the new bearer information and the NAS information are saved.
A2、 目标侧网元节点对源侧已使用的承载信息和新承载信息进行无线资 源适配, 获得无线承载信息, 无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息和 新无线承载信息。  A2: The target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the used bearer information and the new bearer information on the source side to obtain radio bearer information, where the radio bearer information is used by the source side and the new radio bearer information.
A3、 目标侧网元节点对源侧已使用的承载信息和新承载信息进行无线资 源适配, 获得无线承载信息和新无线承载信息, 无线承载信息为源侧已使用 的无线承载信息; 保存新无线承载信息和 NAS信息。 此外, 当第二切换请求消息不包括 NAS信息时, 步骤 204中也可以釆用 上述方式 A2获得无线承载信息。 A3. The target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer information and the new bearer information used by the source side, and obtains radio bearer information and new radio bearer information, where the radio bearer information is used by the source side; Wireless bearer information and NAS information. In addition, when the second handover request message does not include the NAS information, the radio bearer information may also be obtained in the foregoing manner A2 in step 204.
步骤 205 , 目标侧网元节点向核心网设备发送包含无线承载信息的切换 响应消息, 触发核心网设备向源侧网元节点发送包含无线承载信息的切换消 息。  Step 205: The target side network element node sends a handover response message including the radio bearer information to the core network device, and triggers the core network device to send the handover message including the radio bearer information to the source side network element node.
其中, 当步骤 204中釆用方式 A1和 A3获得无线承载信息时, 无线承载 信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息; 当步骤 204中釆用方式 A2获得无线承 载信息时, 无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息和新无线承载信息。  When the radio bearer information is obtained by using the modes A1 and A3 in step 204, the radio bearer information is the radio bearer information that has been used by the source side. When the radio bearer information is obtained by using the mode A2 in step 204, the radio bearer information is the source. The radio bearer information and the new radio bearer information that have been used on the side.
步骤 206, 核心网设备接收目标侧网元节点发送的包含无线承载信息的 切换响应消息, 并向源侧网元节点发送包含所述无线承载信息的切换消息, 触发源侧网元节点向 UE发送包含所述无线承载信息的切换命令。  Step 206: The core network device receives the handover response message that is sent by the target network element node and includes the radio bearer information, and sends a handover message that includes the radio bearer information to the source network element node, and triggers the source side network element node to send the message to the UE. A handover command including the radio bearer information.
其中, 当切换响应消息中的无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息 和新无线承载信息, 且切换响应消息不包括 NAS信息时, 在核心网设备向源 侧网元节点发送包含无线承载信息的切换消息之前还包括:  When the radio bearer information in the handover response message is the radio bearer information and the new radio bearer information that are used by the source side, and the handover response message does not include the NAS information, the core network device sends the radio bearer to the source side network element node. The message switching message also includes:
核心网设备将 NAS信息填加到切换消息内。  The core network device adds the NAS information to the handover message.
步骤 207, 源侧网元节点接收核心网设备发送的包含无线承载信息的切 换消息,并向 UE发送包含所述无线承载信息的切换命令, 以使所述 UE进行 网络切换。  Step 207: The source side network element node receives a switching message that includes the radio bearer information sent by the core network device, and sends a handover command that includes the radio bearer information to the UE, so that the UE performs network switching.
步骤 208, 目标侧网元节点接收 UE发送的切换完成消息, 并向核心网设 备发送切换完成通知消息。  Step 208: The target side network element node receives the handover complete message sent by the UE, and sends a handover complete notification message to the core network device.
步骤 209, 核心网设备接收目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息, 进行承载修改。  Step 209: The core network device receives a handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, and performs bearer modification.
其中, 进行承载修改可以包括:  The performing bearer modification may include:
当切换响应消息中的无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息和新无 线承载信息时, 核心网设备接收目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息, 修改源侧已使用的承载信息和新承载信息; 或者,  When the radio bearer information in the handover response message is the radio bearer information and the new radio bearer information that are used by the source side, the core network device receives the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, and modifies the bearer information used by the source side. New bearer information; or,
当切换响应消息中的无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息时, 核 心网设备接收目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息, 修改源侧已使用的 承载信息。  When the radio bearer information in the handover response message is the radio bearer information used by the source side, the core network device receives the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, and modifies the bearer information used by the source side.
需要指出的是, 当切换响应消息中的无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线 承载信息时, 也可以不进行承载修改。 It should be noted that the radio bearer information in the handover response message is the wireless used by the source side. When carrying information, it is also possible to not perform bearer modification.
需要说明的是,上述承载修改的方式具体可以参见步骤 114中相关描述。 图 3为本发明承载处理方法实施例二的另一种信令流程示意图, 如图 3 所示, 当步骤 204釆用方式 A1获得无线承载信息时, 在步骤 209中进行承 载修改之后, 执行步骤 210a; 当步骤 204釆用方式 A3获得无线承载信息时, 在步骤 209 中进行承载修改之后, 执行步骤 210b; 此外, 在执行步骤 210a 或 210b之后, 执行步骤 211- 213 , 具体如下:  It should be noted that the manner of the foregoing bearer modification can be specifically referred to the related description in step 114. FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of another signaling process according to Embodiment 2 of the bearer processing method of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, when the radio bearer information is obtained by using the mode A1 in step 204, after the bearer modification is performed in step 209, the step is performed. 210a; When the radio bearer information is obtained by the method A3 in step 204, after the bearer modification is performed in step 209, step 210b is performed; and after step 210a or 210b is performed, steps 211-213 are performed, as follows:
步骤 210a, 目标侧网元节点对已保存的所述新承载信息进行无线资源适 配, 获得新无线承载信息。  Step 210a: The target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the saved new bearer information to obtain new radio bearer information.
步骤 210b, 获取所述新无线承载信息和所述 NAS信息。  Step 210b: Obtain the new radio bearer information and the NAS information.
步骤 211 , 目标侧网元节点向所述 UE发送包含所述新无线承载信息和所 述 NAS信息的资源重置消息。  Step 211: The target side network element node sends a resource reset message including the new radio bearer information and the NAS information to the UE.
步骤 212, 目标侧网元节点接收所述 UE发送的资源重置响应消息, 并向 所述核心网设备发送修改承载通知消息, 以使所述核心网设备修改所述新承 载信息。  Step 212: The target side network element node receives the resource reset response message sent by the UE, and sends a modify bearer notification message to the core network device, so that the core network device modifies the new bearer information.
步骤 213 , 所述核心网设备接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的修改承载通 知消息, 修改所述新承载信息。  Step 213: The core network device receives a modify bearer notification message sent by the target side network element node, and modifies the new bearer information.
需要说明的是, 在图 3所示的承载修改方法中, 当切换响应消息中的无 线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息, 且不进行承载修改时, 则在步骤 213 中修改新承载信息的同时, 进行源侧已使用的承载信息的修改, 具体承 载修改参见步骤 114中的相关描述。  It should be noted that, in the bearer modification method shown in FIG. 3, when the radio bearer information in the handover response message is the radio bearer information used by the source side, and the bearer modification is not performed, the new bearer is modified in step 213. At the same time, the modification of the bearer information that has been used on the source side is performed. For the specific bearer modification, refer to the related description in step 114.
在一种实施场景下, 当核心网设备包括第一网元节点、 第二网元节点、 源 SGW和目标 SGW时,  In an implementation scenario, when the core network device includes the first network element node, the second network element node, the source SGW, and the target SGW,
第一网元节点接收源侧网元节点发送的第一切换请求消息;  Receiving, by the first network element node, a first handover request message sent by the source side network element node;
第二网元节点向目标侧网元节点发送包含承载信息的第二切换请求消 息;  The second network element node sends a second handover request message including the bearer information to the target side network element node;
第二网元节点接收目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息。  The second network element node receives the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node.
其中, 第二网元节点可以为 MME, 第一网元节点可以为 SGSN。  The second network element node may be an MME, and the first network element node may be an SGSN.
可选的, 在第二网元节点向目标侧网元节点发送包含承载信息的第二切 换请求消息之前, 还包括: 核心网设备中的第二网元节点向核心网设备中的目标服务器网关 SGW 发送创建会话请求消息, 以建立新的承载通道; Optionally, before the second network element node sends the second handover request message that includes the bearer information to the target network element node, the method further includes: The second network element node in the core network device sends a create session request message to the target server gateway SGW in the core network device to establish a new bearer channel;
目标 SGW向第二网元节点发送创建会话响应消息进行应答。  The target SGW sends a create session response message to the second network element node to respond.
可选的, 在第二网元节点接收目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息 之后, 还包括:  Optionally, after the second network element node receives the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, the method further includes:
第二网元节点向第一网元节点发送切换完成通知消息, 以使第 ―网元节 点在修改承载信息之后通知核心网设备中的源 SGW释放承载信息。  The second network element node sends a handover complete notification message to the first network element node, so that the first network element node notifies the source SGW in the core network device to release the bearer information after modifying the bearer information.
本实施例提供给的承载本实施例处理方法提供给的处理方法, 当源侧网 元节点根据核心网设备发送的业务信息确定进行网络切换时, 包含修改承载 指示的第一切换请求消息, 指示核心网在进行切换的同时进行承载修改; 此 夕卜, 核心网通过第二切换请求消息将源侧已使用的承载信息、 NAS信息和新 承载信息全部发送给目标侧网元节点, 目标侧网元节点对承载信息进行适配, 获得无线承载信息, 并通过切换响应消息将承载信息发送核心网, 核心网将 无线承载信息通过切换消息发送给 UE; 当无线承载信息包含新无线承载信 息, 且切换消息包含 NAS信息时, 核心网在收到切换完成通知消息后对源侧 已使用的承载和新承载同时进行修改; 否则, 目标侧网元节点收到 UE的切 换完成消息后再为新承载进行无线资源适配, 准备空口资源, 向 UE发送包 含新承载信息的资源重置消息, 核心网在收到修改承载通知消息后才能完成 所有承载的修改; 上述实施例提供的承载修改方法实现了进行网络切换的同 时, 对业务承载进行修改, 提高了业务处理速度, 保证了业务的服务质量。  The processing method provided by the method in this embodiment is provided. When the source network element node determines to perform network switching according to the service information sent by the core network device, the first switching request message for modifying the bearer indication is sent. The core network performs the bearer modification while performing the handover. In addition, the core network sends the bearer information, the NAS information, and the new bearer information used by the source side to the target side network element node through the second handover request message, and the target side network The meta-node adapts the bearer information, obtains the radio bearer information, and sends the bearer information to the core network through the handover response message, and the core network sends the radio bearer information to the UE through the handover message; when the radio bearer information includes the new radio bearer information, and When the handover message includes the NAS information, the core network simultaneously modifies the used bearer and the new bearer on the source side after receiving the handover completion notification message; otherwise, the target side network element node receives the handover completion message of the UE and then is the new bearer. Perform radio resource adaptation, prepare air interface resources, and send packets to the UE. The resource reset message with the new bearer information, the core network can complete the modification of all bearers after receiving the modify bearer notification message. The bearer modification method provided by the foregoing embodiment implements the network switchover and modifies the service bearer. The processing speed of the business ensures the quality of service of the business.
图 4为本发明承载处理方法实施例四的信令流程示意图, 下面参照图 4, 对源侧网元节点、 目标侧网元节点以及核心网设备配合实现本发明承载处理 系统的方法, 进行详细说明。  4 is a schematic diagram of a signaling flow of a fourth embodiment of a bearer processing method according to the present invention. Referring to FIG. 4, a method for implementing a bearer processing system of the present invention by using a source side network element node, a target side network element node, and a core network device is described in detail. Description.
需要说明的是, 在 GERAN或者 UTRAN向 LTE进行切换时, 该源侧网 元节点可以为 BSC或者 RNC, 目标侧网元节点为 eNB。 在 LTE向 GERAN 或者 UTRAN进行切换时, 该源侧网元节点可以为 eNB, 而该目标侧网元节 点可以为 BSC或者 RNC。 下面以在 GERAN或者 UTRAN向 LTE进行切换 时为例进行说明。  It should be noted that when the GERAN or the UTRAN performs handover to the LTE, the source side network element node may be a BSC or an RNC, and the target side network element node is an eNB. When the LTE is switched to the GERAN or the UTRAN, the source side network element node may be an eNB, and the target side network element node may be a BSC or an RNC. The following describes an example when switching to LTE in GERAN or UTRAN.
步骤 401 , 核心网设备向 BSC/RNC发送修改承载请求消息。  Step 401: The core network device sends a modify bearer request message to the BSC/RNC.
具体的, 该修改承载请求包含业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带宽信息、 速率信息中的至少一种信息。 Specifically, the modified bearer request includes service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, At least one of the rate information.
步骤 402, BSC/RNC根据业务信息决定需要进行网络切换。  Step 402: The BSC/RNC determines that network switching needs to be performed according to the service information.
步骤 403 , BSC/RNC向核心网设备发送第一切换请求消息。  Step 403: The BSC/RNC sends a first handover request message to the core network device.
具体的, 该第一切换请求消息包含修改承载指示。  Specifically, the first handover request message includes a modification bearer indication.
步骤 404, 核心网设备挂起需要修改的承载信息。  Step 404: The core network device suspends bearer information that needs to be modified.
具体的, 核心网设备根据第一切换请求消息, 挂起需要修改的承载信息。 可选的, 步骤 404可以没有, 由步骤 412直接完成对承载信息的修改。  Specifically, the core network device suspends the bearer information that needs to be modified according to the first handover request message. Optionally, step 404 may be omitted, and the modification of the bearer information is directly completed by step 412.
步骤 405, 核心网设备向 eNB发送第二切换请求消息。  Step 405: The core network device sends a second handover request message to the eNB.
第一种情况, 第二切换请求消息只包含源测已经使用的承载信息, 不包 含新承载信息。  In the first case, the second handover request message only includes bearer information that has been used by the source test, and does not include new bearer information.
可选的, 第二种情况, 该第二切换请求消息包含源侧已使用的承载信息、 新承载信息。  Optionally, in the second case, the second handover request message includes bearer information and new bearer information that are used by the source side.
可选的, 第三种情况, 该第二切换请求消息包含源侧已使用的承载信息、 新承载信息以及 NAS信息, 该 NAS信息包含要求 UE进行的承载修改和 /或 会话管理的参数等。  Optionally, in a third case, the second handover request message includes bearer information, new bearer information, and NAS information that are used by the source side, where the NAS information includes parameters that require bearer modification and/or session management performed by the UE.
步骤 406 , eNB接收第二切换请求消息。  Step 406: The eNB receives the second handover request message.
对于步骤 405的第一种情况, eNB对源侧已使用的承载信息进行无线资 源适配, 获得源侧已使用的无线承载信息。  For the first case of step 405, the eNB performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer information used by the source side to obtain the radio bearer information used by the source side.
对于步骤 405的第二种情况, eNB为源侧已使用的承载信息和新承载信 息进行无线资源适配, 获得源侧已使用的无线承载信息和新无线承载信息。  For the second case of step 405, the eNB performs radio resource adaptation for the bearer information and the new bearer information used by the source side, and obtains the radio bearer information and the new radio bearer information that have been used by the source side.
对于步骤 405的第三种情况, eNB对源侧已使用的承载信息进行无线资 源适配并且 eNB保存新承载信息和 NAS信息, 获得为源侧已使用的无线承 载信息。  For the third case of step 405, the eNB performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer information used by the source side, and the eNB saves the new bearer information and the NAS information to obtain the wireless bearer information that has been used by the source side.
步骤 407 , eNB向核心网设备发送切换响应消息。  Step 407: The eNB sends a handover response message to the core network device.
具体的, 该切换响应消息包含已经资源适配的承载信息。 可选的, 该切 换响应消息也包括 NAS信息。  Specifically, the handover response message includes bearer information that has been resource-adapted. Optionally, the switch response message also includes NAS information.
步骤 408 , 核心网设备向 BSC/RNC发送切换消息。  Step 408: The core network device sends a handover message to the BSC/RNC.
具体的, 该切换消息包含已经资源适配的承载信息。 可选的, 该切换消 息也包括 NAS信息。  Specifically, the handover message includes bearer information that has been resource-adaptive. Optionally, the switching message also includes NAS information.
步骤 409, BSC/RNC向 UE发送切换命令。 具体的, 可选的, 还包括 NAS 信息的情况下, 该切换网络命令也包括 NAS信息, 以使 UE根据 NAS信息对 UE进行更新。 Step 409: The BSC/RNC sends a handover command to the UE. Specifically, optionally, if the NAS information is further included, the handover network command also includes NAS information, so that the UE updates the UE according to the NAS information.
步骤 410, UE向 eNB发送切换完成消息。  Step 410: The UE sends a handover complete message to the eNB.
步骤 411 , eNB向核心网设备发送切换完成通知消息。  Step 411: The eNB sends a handover complete notification message to the core network device.
步骤 412, 核心网设备修改承载信息。  Step 412: The core network device modifies bearer information.
具体的, 核心网设备对源侧已使用的承载进行修改, 可选的, 也可以在 步骤 412, 对新承载信息一并进行修改。 则此时不需要进行步骤 416和步骤 417。  Specifically, the core network device modifies the bearer that has been used on the source side. Optionally, in step 412, the new bearer information is also modified. Then, step 416 and step 417 need not be performed at this time.
步骤 413 , MME给 eNB发送承载修改消息。  Step 413: The MME sends a bearer modification message to the eNB.
具体的, 当满足步骤 405的第一种情况, 发送该消息, 并且该消息包括 新承载信息以及 NAS信息。  Specifically, when the first case of step 405 is satisfied, the message is sent, and the message includes new bearer information and NAS information.
步骤 414, eNB适配空口资源。  Step 414: The eNB adapts the air interface resource.
具体的, 当满足步骤 405中的第一种情况或者第三种情况, eNB对新承 载信息适配空口资源  Specifically, when the first situation or the third case in step 405 is satisfied, the eNB adapts the air interface resources to the new bearer information.
步骤 415, eNB向 UE发送资源重置消息。  Step 415: The eNB sends a resource reset message to the UE.
该资源重置消息包含新无线承载信息。  The resource reset message contains new radio bearer information.
步骤 416, UE向 eNB反馈资源重置响应消息。  Step 416: The UE feeds back a resource reset response message to the eNB.
步骤 417, eNB向核心网设备发送修改承载通知消息。  Step 417: The eNB sends a modify bearer notification message to the core network device.
步骤 418, 核心网设备对新承载信息进行修改。  Step 418: The core network device modifies the new bearer information.
具体的, 核心网设备根据修改承载通知消息对新承载信息进行修改。 可 选的, 当步骤 412,对新承载一并进行修改,不需要进行步骤 417和步骤 418。 可选的,如果满足步骤 405的第二种情况,那么就不需要步骤 413至步骤 418 了。  Specifically, the core network device modifies the new bearer information according to the modify bearer notification message. Alternatively, when step 412, the new bearer is modified together, step 417 and step 418 are not required. Alternatively, if the second case of step 405 is satisfied, then steps 413 through 418 are not required.
对于本发明实施例提供的承载处理方法, 在具体的应用过程中, 当切换 命令携带 NAS信息时, 为了识别该切换命令需要对 UE进行更新, 所以会出 现一下四种场景:不需要更新 UE并且核心网设备中 SGW没有发生变化的场 景一, 不需要更新 UE并且移动性管理实体认为需要重新定位核心网设备中 SGW的场景二, 更新 UE并且核心网设备中 SGW没有发生变化的场景三, 更新 UE并且移动性管理实体认为需要重新定位核心网设备中 SGW的场景 四。图 5〜图 8中的核心网设备包含: SGSN、 MME、 SGW,包数据网关(Packet Data Network Gateway, 以下简称 PDW )、策略与计费规则决策点 ( Policy and Charging Rules Function, 以下简称 PCRF ) , 其中, 第一网元节点为 SGSN, 第二网元节点为 MME。 并且图 5〜图 8均已 GERAN或者 UTRAN向 LTE切 换为例, 则源侧网元节点, 为 BSC或者 RNC , 目标侧网元节点, 为 eNB。 当 LTE向 GERAN或者 UTRAN进行切换时, 则源侧网元节点为 eNB, 目标 侧网元节点为 BSC或者 RNC不再赘述。 下面参照图 5〜图 8, 对本发明实施 例提供的承载处理系统在这四个场景的流程分别进行说明。 For the bearer processing method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, in a specific application process, when the handover command carries the NAS information, in order to identify the handover command, the UE needs to be updated, so there are four scenarios: the UE does not need to be updated. Scenario 1 in which there is no change in the SGW in the core network device, the scenario in which the mobility management entity does not need to re-locate the SGW in the core network device, the scenario in which the UE is updated, and the SGW in the core network device does not change. The UE and the mobility management entity consider that it is necessary to relocate the scenario 4 of the SGW in the core network device. The core network devices in FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 include: SGSN, MME, SGW, and packet data gateway (Packet) The Data Network Gateway (hereinafter referred to as PDW) and the Policy and Charging Rules Function (hereinafter referred to as PCRF), wherein the first network element node is an SGSN, and the second network element node is an MME. 5 to FIG. 8 are both GERAN or UTRAN switched to LTE, and the source side network element node is a BSC or an RNC, and the target side network element node is an eNB. When the LTE is switched to the GERAN or the UTRAN, the source side network element node is the eNB, and the target side network element node is the BSC or the RNC. The flow of the four scenarios in the bearer processing system provided by the embodiment of the present invention will be separately described below with reference to FIG. 5 to FIG.
图 5为本发明承载处理方法实施例五的信令流程示意图, 参照图 5, 在 不需要更新 UE并且核心网设备中 SGW没有发生变化的场景一中,本发明承 载处理方法包括如下步骤:  FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a signaling process according to Embodiment 5 of the bearer processing method of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 5, in a scenario 1 in which the UE does not need to be updated and the SGW in the core network device does not change, the loading processing method of the present invention includes the following steps:
步骤 501 , PCRF给 PDW发送修改承载请求消息。  Step 501: The PCRF sends a modify bearer request message to the PDW.
具体的, 该修改承载请求消息为 IP-CAN Session消息, 要求修改承载, 还 可以带上业务类型或者名称的信息。  Specifically, the modify bearer request message is an IP-CAN Session message, and the bearer is required to be modified, and the service type or name information may also be carried.
步骤 502, PDW给 SGW发送修改承载请求消息。  Step 502: The PDW sends a modify bearer request message to the SGW.
具体的, 该修改承载请求消息可以为更新承载请求消息 ( update bearer request )或者建立承载请求消息 ( Create Bearer Request ) , 其中建立承载请 求消息用作建立第二条承载, 下面都以更新承载请求消息, 即承载修改为例, 建立第二条承载有类似的流程, 可以包含业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带 宽信息、 速率信息中的至少一种信息, 这时 PDW上的承载参数还没有得到应 答, 不能修改。  Specifically, the modify bearer request message may be an update bearer request message or a create bearer request message, where the bearer request message is used to establish a second bearer, and the following is to update the bearer request message. The bearer modification is taken as an example. The second bearer carries a similar process, and may include at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information. At this time, the bearer parameters on the PDW have not been answered. , Can not be modified.
步骤 503 , SGW给 SGSN发送修改承载请求消息。  Step 503: The SGW sends a modify bearer request message to the SGSN.
具体的, 修改承载请求消息可以为更新承载请求消息 ( update bearer request ) , 请求承载修改, SGW上的承载参数还没有得到应答, 不能修改。  Specifically, the modify bearer request message may be an update bearer request message, requesting bearer modification, and the bearer parameter on the SGW has not been acknowledged and cannot be modified.
步骤 504 , SGSN给 BSC/RNC发送修改承载请求消息  Step 504: The SGSN sends a modify bearer request message to the BSC/RNC.
具体的, 该修改承载请求消息可以为修改承载请求消息 ( Modify Bearer Specifically, the modify bearer request message may be a modify bearer request message (Modify Bearer)
Request ( RAB Assignment procedure /Packet flow context procedures ) ) , 要求 修改承载。 Request (RAB Assignment procedure / Packet flow context procedures ) , request to modify the bearer.
步骤 505 , BSC/RNC给 SGSN发送第一切换请求消息。 具体的, BSC/RNC收到修改承载请求消息后, 如果决定切换到其他的系 统中, 发起切换流程。 给 SGSN发送第一切换请求消息, 该消息中还带有切换 到目标小区后修改承载信息和 /或相应的指示。 Step 505: The BSC/RNC sends a first handover request message to the SGSN. Specifically, after receiving the modify bearer request message, the BSC/RNC initiates a handover process if it decides to switch to another system. Sending a first handover request message to the SGSN, the message further includes modifying the bearer information and/or corresponding indication after switching to the target cell.
步骤 506 , SGSN给 SGW发送修改承载响应消息。  Step 506: The SGSN sends a modify bearer response message to the SGW.
具体的, 修改承载响应消息可以为更新承载响应消息 ( Update bearer response ) , 带有暂时挂起相应承载的指示, 表示等过后再修改。  Specifically, the modify bearer response message may be an update bearer response message, with an indication that the corresponding bearer is temporarily suspended, and the modification is performed after waiting.
步骤 507 , SGW给 PDW发送修改承载响应消息。  Step 507: The SGW sends a modify bearer response message to the PDW.
具体的, SGW收到修改承载响应消息后再给 PDW发送。  Specifically, after receiving the modify bearer response message, the SGW sends the PDW to the PDW.
步骤 508 , PDW给 PCRF发送修改承载响应消息  Step 508: The PDW sends a modify bearer response message to the PCRF.
具体的, PDW给 PCRF发送修改承载响应消息, 告诉对方挂起承载, 等待 修改。 以上步骤 506、 步骤 507、 步骤 508可以有或者没有。 当没有时, 接着步 骤 509。  Specifically, the PDW sends a modify bearer response message to the PCRF, telling the other party to suspend the bearer and waiting for modification. The above steps 506, 507, and 508 may or may not be. When not, proceed to step 509.
步骤 509 , SGSN给 ΜΜΕ发送前向重定位请求消息 ( forward relocation request ) 。  Step 509: The SGSN sends a forward relocation request message to the SGSN.
具体的, 根据前向重定位请求消息来进行切换请求, 包含在源侧的全部 已经建立的承载和将要修改承载以及一个切换后建新承载的指示, 其中步骤 506、 步骤 507、 步骤 508和步骤 509的顺序不限定。  Specifically, the handover request is performed according to the forward relocation request message, and includes all the established bearers on the source side and the indication that the bearer is to be modified and a new bearer is established after the handover, where step 506, step 507, step 508, and step 509 are performed. The order is not limited.
步骤 510, MME给 eNB发送第二切换请求消息 (HO Request ) 。  Step 510: The MME sends a second handover request message (HO Request) to the eNB.
具体的, 该第二切换请求消息包含修改承载指示, 进一步的, 修改承载 指示为源侧已使用的承载信息、 切换后需要再建立的新承载信息、 NAS信息 ( Session Manager Request等) 、 切换后修改承载的指示。  Specifically, the second handover request message includes: modifying the bearer indication, and further, modifying the bearer indication to the bearer information used by the source side, the new bearer information that needs to be established after the handover, the NAS information (Session Manager Request, etc.), and the Modify the instructions for the bearer.
步骤 511 , eNB对源侧使用的承载进行无线资源的适配, 获得源侧已使用 的无线承载信息, 保存新承载信息 (不进行无线资源适配)和 NAS信息。  Step 511: The eNB performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer used by the source side, obtains radio bearer information used by the source side, and saves new bearer information (without radio resource adaptation) and NAS information.
步骤 512, eNB给 MME发送切换响应消息 ( HO Request Ack ) 。  Step 512: The eNB sends a handover response message (HO Request Ack) to the MME.
其中的承载内容包含已经适配的无线资源的承载信息, 即已经进行无线 资源适配的承载信息。  The bearer content includes bearer information of the already adapted radio resource, that is, bearer information that has been adapted to the radio resource.
步骤 513 , MME给 SGSN返回前向重定位响应消息 ( Forward Relocation Response ) , 中转 eNB发送的无线资源的信息, 即已经进行无线资源适配的承 载信息。 步骤 514, SGSN给 BSC/RNC发送切换消息, 包含 eNB准备好的已经进行 资源适配的承载信息。 Step 513: The MME returns a forward relocation response message (Forward Relocation Response) to the SGSN, and the information about the radio resource sent by the eNB, that is, the bearer information that has been subjected to radio resource adaptation. Step 514: The SGSN sends a handover message to the BSC/RNC, and includes the bearer information that the eNB has prepared for resource adaptation.
步骤 515, BSC/RNC给 UE发送切换命令。  Step 515: The BSC/RNC sends a handover command to the UE.
步骤 516, UE向 eNB发送切换完成消息。  Step 516: The UE sends a handover complete message to the eNB.
具体的, UE在目标侧进行接入, 如果接入成功, 就向 eNB发送切换完成 消息。  Specifically, the UE performs access on the target side, and if the access is successful, sends a handover complete message to the eNB.
步骤 517, eNB向 MME发送切换完成通知消息 (HO Notify ) 。  Step 517: The eNB sends a handover complete notification message (HO Notify) to the MME.
步骤 518, MME向 SGW发送修改承载通知消息 , 通知 SGW进行承载修 改, 对切换中源侧已使用的承载进行修改。  Step 518: The MME sends a modify bearer notification message to the SGW, and notifies the SGW to perform bearer modification, and modifies the bearer used by the source side in the handover.
步骤 519, SGW向 PDW发送修改承载通知消息,通知 PDW进行承载修改, 对切换中源侧已使用的承载进行修改。  Step 519: The SGW sends a modify bearer notification message to the PDW to notify the PDW to perform bearer modification, and modify the used bearer on the source side in the handover.
步骤 520, eNB准备新承载的空口资源。  Step 520: The eNB prepares a newly-ported air interface resource.
具体的, 即对步骤 511中保存的新承载信息进行无线资源的适配, 获得新 无线承载信息。 步骤 520和 518的顺序不做限定。  Specifically, the new bearer information saved in step 511 is adapted to the radio resource to obtain new radio bearer information. The order of steps 520 and 518 is not limited.
步骤 521 , eNB给 UE发送资源重置消息( RRC Reconfiguration消息) , 包 含新无线承载和 NAS信息。  Step 521: The eNB sends a resource reset message (RRC Reconfiguration message) to the UE, where the new radio bearer and the NAS information are included.
步骤 522 , UE给 eNB发送资源重置响应。  Step 522: The UE sends a resource reset response to the eNB.
步骤 523 , eNB向 MME发送修改承载通知消息, 通知 MME对新承载进行 修改。  Step 523: The eNB sends a modify bearer notification message to the MME, to notify the MME to modify the new bearer.
步骤 524 , MME向 SGW发送修改承载通知消息 ,通知 SGW进行承载修改。 步骤 525, SGW向 PDW发送修改承载通知消息, 通知 PDW把刚才挂起的 承载进行修改。  Step 524: The MME sends a modify bearer notification message to the SGW, to notify the SGW to perform bearer modification. Step 525: The SGW sends a modify bearer notification message to the PDW, informing the PDW to modify the bearer that has just been suspended.
步骤 526, PDW向 PCRF发送修改承载通知消息,通知 PCRF进行最后的承 载修改。  Step 526: The PDW sends a modify bearer notification message to the PCRF to notify the PCRF to perform the final bearer modification.
可选的, 在步骤 510中, 第二切换请求消息(HO Request ) 中不带新承载 信息和 NAS, 即 eNB不保存什么, 没有步骤 511。 步骤 517, 当切换完成的时 候 eNB给 MME发送切换完成通知消息 (HO Notify )后, MME可以再向 eNB 发送新承载信息和 NAS信息, eNB根据这个消息给 UE下发资源重置 ( RRC Reconfiguration )消息, 进行 RRC Reconfiguration„ 或者, 可选的, 步骤 518、 步骤 519进行全部承载的修改, 则不需要步骤 523、 步骤 524、 步骤 525、 步骤 526了。 Optionally, in step 510, the second handover request message (HO Request) does not carry the new bearer information and the NAS, that is, the eNB does not save anything, and there is no step 511. Step 517: After the eNB sends a handover complete notification message (HO Notify) to the MME, the MME may send the new bearer information and the NAS information to the eNB, and the eNB sends a resource reset (RRC Reconfiguration) to the UE according to the message. Message, perform RRC Reconfiguration „ or, optionally, step 518, Step 519 performs the modification of all bearers, and step 523, step 524, step 525, and step 526 are not required.
对于 SGSN、 SGW、 PDW的节点承载触发的承载修改过程类似, 都是 BSC/RNC收到 SGSN发送的承载修改( RAB Assignment procedure /或者 Packet flow context procedures )就发起上述切换流程, 即上述步骤 504以后的流程。  The bearer modification procedure for the node bearer triggering of the SGSN, the SGW, and the PDW is similar, and the BSC/RNC receives the RAB Assignment procedure (or the packet flow context procedures) to initiate the handover process, that is, after the foregoing step 504. Process.
图 6为本发明承载处理方法实施例六的信令流程示意图, 参照图 6, 在 不需要更新 UE并且移动性管理实体认为需要重新定位核心网设备中 SGW的 场景二中, 本发明承载处理方法包括如下步骤:  FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a signaling flow of a sixth embodiment of a bearer processing method according to the present invention. Referring to FIG. 6, in a scenario 2 in which the mobility management entity does not need to relocate the SGW in the core network device, the bearer processing method of the present invention Including the following steps:
步骤 601 , PCRF给 PDW发送修改承载请求消息。  Step 601: The PCRF sends a modify bearer request message to the PDW.
具体的, 该修改承载请求具体为 IP-CAN Session消息, 要求修改承载, 可 以包含业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带宽信息、 速率信息中的至少一种信 息。  Specifically, the modified bearer request is specifically an IP-CAN Session message, and the modified bearer is required to include at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information.
步骤 602 , PDW给源 SGW发送修改承载请求消息。  Step 602: The PDW sends a modify bearer request message to the source SGW.
具体的, 该修改承载请求可以为 Update Bearer Request消息或者 Create Bearer Request以建立第二条承载, 下面都以修改承载为例, 建立第二条承载 有类似的流程, 可以包含业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带宽信息、 速率信 息中的至少一种信息, 这时 PDW上的承载参数还没有得到应答, 不能修改。  Specifically, the modified bearer request may be an Update Bearer Request message or a Create Bearer Request to establish a second bearer. The following is an example of modifying the bearer, and the second bearer has a similar process, which may include the service type information and the service name. At least one of information, bandwidth information, and rate information. At this time, the bearer parameters on the PDW have not been acknowledged and cannot be modified.
步骤 603 , 源 SGW给 SGSN发送修改承载请求 (Update Bearer Request)消 息, 请求承载修改。  Step 603: The source SGW sends an Update Bearer Request message to the SGSN, requesting bearer modification.
具体的, 该修改承载请求消息可以包含业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带宽信息中的至少一种信息。 这时源 SGW上的承载参数还没有得到应答, 不 能修改。  Specifically, the modify bearer request message may include at least one of service type information, service name information, and bandwidth information. At this time, the bearer parameters on the source SGW have not been answered and cannot be modified.
步骤 604 , SGSN给 BSC/RNC发送修改承载请求消息。  Step 604: The SGSN sends a modify bearer request message to the BSC/RNC.
具体的, SGSN给 BSC/RNC发送修改承载请求消息 (Modify Bearer Request ( RAB Assignment procedure /Packet flow context procedures ) ) , 要求 修改承载, 可以包含业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带宽信息中的至少一种 信息。  Specifically, the SGSN sends a Modify Bearer Request (RAB Assignment procedure / Packet Flow Context Procedure) to the BSC/RNC, and the SGSN is required to modify the bearer, and may include at least one of service type information, service name information, and bandwidth information. information.
步骤 605 , BSC/RNC给 SGSN发送第一切换请求消息。 具体的, BSC/RNC收到修改承载请求后,如果决定切换到其他的系统中, 那么就要发起切换流程。给 SGSN发送第一切换请求消息, 该第一切换请求消 息中还带有切换到目标小区后修改承载信息和 /或相应的指示。 Step 605: The BSC/RNC sends a first handover request message to the SGSN. Specifically, after the BSC/RNC receives the modify bearer request, if it decides to switch to another system, the handover process is initiated. Sending a first handover request message to the SGSN, where the first handover request message further includes modifying the bearer information and/or corresponding indication after switching to the target cell.
步骤 606, SGSN给源 SGW发送修改承载响应( Update bearer response )消 息, 带有暂时挂起相应承载的指示, 表示等过后再修改。  Step 606: The SGSN sends an Update Bearer Response message to the source SGW, with an indication that the corresponding bearer is temporarily suspended, and indicates that the SG is modified after the waiting.
步骤 607 , 源 SGW给 PDW发送修改承载响应消息。  Step 607: The source SGW sends a modify bearer response message to the PDW.
具体的, 源 SGW收到修改承载响应后再给 PDW发送。  Specifically, the source SGW sends the modified bearer response to the PDW.
步骤 608 , PDW给 PCRF发送修改承载响应消息。  Step 608: The PDW sends a modify bearer response message to the PCRF.
具体的, PDW再给 PCRF发送修改承载响应, 告诉对方挂起承载, 等待修 改。 需要说明的是, 以上步骤 606、 607、 608可以有或者没有。 当没有时, 接 着步骤 609。  Specifically, the PDW sends a modified bearer response to the PCRF, telling the other party to suspend the bearer and waiting for modification. It should be noted that the above steps 606, 607, and 608 may or may not be. When not, proceed to step 609.
步骤 609 , SGSN给 MME发送前向重定位请求消息 ( forward relocation request ) 。  Step 609: The SGSN sends a forward relocation request message to the MME.
具体的, SGSN给 MME发送前向重定位请求消息 ( forward relocation request )来进行切换请求, 包含在源侧的全部已经建立的承载和将要修改承 载以及一个切换后建新承载的指示, 其中步骤 606、 步骤 607、 步骤 608和步骤 Specifically, the SGSN sends a forward relocation request message to the MME to perform the handover request, including all the established bearers on the source side and the instructions to modify the bearer and a new bearer after the handover, where step 606 Step 607, step 608 and steps
609顺序不限定。 The order of 609 is not limited.
步骤 610 , MME给目标 SGW发送创建会话请求消息。  Step 610: The MME sends a create session request message to the target SGW.
具体的, MME决定重新定位 SGW, 那么就会给目标 SGW发送创建会话 请求消息 ( Create Seesion Request ) , 用来建立承载通道。  Specifically, the MME determines to relocate the SGW, and then sends a Create Seesion Request message to the target SGW to establish a bearer channel.
步骤 611 , 目标 SGW向 ΜΜΕ发送创建会话响应消息。  Step 611: The target SGW sends a create session response message to the UI.
步骤 612, ΜΜΕ给 eNB发送第二切换请求消息 (HO Request ) 。  Step 612: The second eNB sends a second handover request message (HO Request).
具体的, 第二切换请求消息(HO Request ) 包含源侧已使用的承载信息, 以及切换后需要再建立的新承载信息, NAS信息 ( Session Manager Request 等) , 以及切换后修改承载的指示。  Specifically, the second handover request message (HO Request) includes the bearer information used by the source side, the new bearer information that needs to be established after the handover, the NAS information (Session Manager Request, etc.), and the indication of modifying the bearer after the handover.
步骤 613 , eNB接收第二切换请求消息, eNB对源测已使用的承载进行无 线资源的适配, 获得源侧已使用的无线承载信息, 保存新的承载(不进行无 线资源适配)和 NAS信息。  Step 613: The eNB receives the second handover request message, and the eNB performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer used for the source measurement, obtains the radio bearer information used by the source side, and saves the new bearer (without radio resource adaptation) and the NAS. information.
步骤 614, eNB给 MME发送切换响应消息 ( HO Request Ack ) 。 具体的, 切换响应消息 ( HO Request Ack )其中的承载内容只包含已经 适配的无线资源的承载信息, 即已经进行无线资源适配的承载信息。 Step 614: The eNB sends a handover response message (HO Request Ack) to the MME. Specifically, the bearer content of the handover request message (HO Request Ack) includes only the bearer information of the radio resource that has been adapted, that is, the bearer information that has been adapted by the radio resource.
步骤 615 , MME给 SGSN发送前向重定位响应消息 ( Forward Relocation Response ) 。  Step 615: The MME sends a Forward Relocation Response message to the SGSN.
具体的, 前向重定位响应消息包括 eNB发送的无线资源的信息, 即已经 进行无线资源适配的承载信息。  Specifically, the forward relocation response message includes information about radio resources sent by the eNB, that is, bearer information that has been adapted for radio resource.
步骤 616, SGSN给 BSC/RNC发送切换消息。  Step 616: The SGSN sends a handover message to the BSC/RNC.
具体的, 切换消息包含 eNB准备好的已经进行资源适配的承载信息。 步骤 617, BSC/RNC给 UE发送切换命令。  Specifically, the handover message includes bearer information that the eNB has prepared for resource adaptation. Step 617: The BSC/RNC sends a handover command to the UE.
步骤 618, UE向向 eNB发送切换完成消息。  Step 618: The UE sends a handover complete message to the eNB.
具体的, UE在目标侧进行接入, 如果接入成功, 就向 eNB发送切换网络 完成消息。  Specifically, the UE performs access on the target side, and if the access is successful, sends a handover network completion message to the eNB.
步骤 619, eNB向 MME发送切换完成通知消息 (HO Notify ) 。  Step 619: The eNB sends a handover complete notification message (HO Notify) to the MME.
步骤 620, MME给 SGSN发送切换完成通知消息 (Forward Ack ) 。  Step 620: The MME sends a handover completion notification message (Forward Ack) to the SGSN.
具体的, MME给 SGSN发送切换完成通知(Forward Ack ) , 以通知 SGSN 切换完成, SGSN可以根据情况释放资源 Gb/Iu口或源侧 SGW的承载信息。  Specifically, the MME sends a handover completion notification (Forward Ack) to the SGSN to notify the SGSN that the handover is complete, and the SGSN may release the bearer information of the resource Gb/Iu interface or the source SGW according to the situation.
步骤 621 , MME向目标 SGW发送修改承载通知消息 , 通知目标 SGW进行 承载修改, 对切换中源侧已使用的承载进行修改。  Step 621: The MME sends a modify bearer notification message to the target SGW, and notifies the target SGW to perform bearer modification, and modifies the bearer used by the source side in the handover.
步骤 622 , 目标 SGW向 PDW发送修改承载通知消息, 通知 PDW进行承载 修改, 对切换中源侧已使用的承载进行修改。  Step 622: The target SGW sends a modify bearer notification message to the PDW, and notifies the PDW to perform bearer modification, and modifies the bearer used by the source side in the handover.
步骤 623 , eNB准备新承载的空口资源。  Step 623: The eNB prepares a newly-ported air interface resource.
具体的, 即对步骤 613中保存的新承载信息进行无线资源的适配, 获得新 无线承载信息。 步骤 623和 621的顺序不做限定。  Specifically, the new bearer information saved in step 613 is adapted to the radio resource, and the new radio bearer information is obtained. The order of steps 623 and 621 is not limited.
步骤 624, eNB给 UE下发资源重置消息( RRC Reconfiguration消息) , 包 含新承载和 NAS信息。  Step 624: The eNB sends a resource reset message (RRC Reconfiguration message) to the UE, including the new bearer and the NAS information.
步骤 625, UE给 eNB发送资源重置响应消息。  Step 625: The UE sends a resource reset response message to the eNB.
步骤 626, eNB向 MME发送修改承载通知消息, 通知 MME对新承载进行 修改。  Step 626: The eNB sends a modify bearer notification message to the MME, to notify the MME to modify the new bearer.
步骤 627 , MME向目标 SGW发送修改承载通知消息, 通知目标 SGW进行 承载修改。 步骤 628, 目标 SGW向 PDW发送修改承载通知消息, 通知 PDW把刚才挂 起的承载进行修改。 Step 627: The MME sends a modify bearer notification message to the target SGW, and notifies the target SGW to perform bearer modification. Step 628: The target SGW sends a modify bearer notification message to the PDW, and notifies the PDW to modify the suspended bearer.
步骤 629, PDW向 PCRF发送修改承载通知消息,通知 PCRF对承载进行最 后的修改。  Step 629: The PDW sends a modify bearer notification message to the PCRF to notify the PCRF to perform the last modification on the bearer.
步骤 630, SGSN向源 SGW发送删除会话消息, 通知源 SGW释放承载。 可选的, 在步骤 612中切换请求消息(HO Request ) 中不带新承载信息和 NAS, 即 eNB不保存什么, 没有步骤 613。 步骤 619中, 当切换完成的时候 eNB 给 MME发送切换完成通知 (HO Notify )后, MME可以再向 eNB发送新承载 信息和 NAS信息, eNB根据这个消息给 UE下发资源重置消息 ( RRC  Step 630: The SGSN sends a delete session message to the source SGW, to notify the source SGW to release the bearer. Optionally, in step 612, the handover request message (HO Request) does not carry the new bearer information and the NAS, that is, the eNB does not save anything, and there is no step 613. In step 619, after the eNB sends the handover completion notification (HO Notify) to the MME, the MME may send the new bearer information and the NAS information to the eNB, and the eNB sends a resource reset message to the UE according to the message.
Reconfiguration消息) , 进行 RRC Reconfiguration。 Reconfiguration message), perform RRC Reconfiguration.
或者, 可选的, 步骤 621、 步骤 622进行全部承载的修改, 则不需要步骤 步骤 626、 步骤 627、 步骤 628、 步骤 629了。  Alternatively, in step 621 and step 622, all the bearer modifications are performed, and step 626, step 627, step 628, and step 629 are not required.
对于 SGSN、 SGW, PDW 的节点承载触发的承载修改过程类似, 都是 BSC/RNC 收到 SGSN发送的承载修改( RAB Assignment procedure /或者 Packet flow context procedures )就发起上述切换流程, 上述步骤 604以后的流 程。  For the SGSN and the SGW, the bearer modification procedure of the PDW is similar to that of the PDW. The BSC/RNC receives the RAB Assignment procedure (or the Packet Flow context procedures) to initiate the handover process. After the above step 604 Process.
图 7为本发明承载处理方法实施例七的信令流程示意图, 参照图 7, 在 更新 UE并且核心网设备中 SGW没有发生变化的场景三中,本发明承载处理 方法包括如下步骤:  FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a signaling procedure of a seventh embodiment of a bearer processing method according to the present invention. Referring to FIG. 7, in a scenario 3 of updating a UE and not changing the SGW in the core network device, the bearer processing method of the present invention includes the following steps:
步骤 701 , PCRF给 PDW发送修改承载请求消息。  Step 701: The PCRF sends a modify bearer request message to the PDW.
该修改承载请求消息具体为 IP-CAN Session消息,要求修改承载,还可以 带上业务类型或者名称的信息。  The modified bearer request message is specifically an IP-CAN Session message, and is required to modify the bearer, and may also carry information of a service type or a name.
步骤 702, PDW给 SGW发送修改承载请求消息。  Step 702: The PDW sends a modify bearer request message to the SGW.
具体的, 该爹改 载请求可以为 update bearer request消息或者 Create Bearer Request以建立第二条承载, 下面都以修改承载为例, 建立第二条承载 有类似的流程, 可以业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带宽信息、 速率信息中 的至少一种信息, 这时 PDW上的承载参数还没有得到应答, 不能修改。  Specifically, the tampering request may be an update bearer request message or a Create Bearer Request to establish a second bearer. The following steps are performed by modifying the bearer, and the second bearer has a similar process, and the service type information and the service name may be used. At least one of information, bandwidth information, and rate information. At this time, the bearer parameters on the PDW have not been acknowledged and cannot be modified.
步骤 703 , SGW给 SGSN发送修改承载请求消息( update bearer request ) , 请求承载修改。 该修改承载请求消息可以包含业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带宽信息、 速率信息中的至少一种信息。 这时 SGW上的承载参数还没有得到应答, 不能 修改。 Step 703: The SGW sends an update bearer request message to the SGSN, requesting bearer modification. The modify bearer request message may include at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information. At this time, the bearer parameters on the SGW have not been answered and cannot be modified.
步骤 704, SGSN给 BSC/RNC发送修改承载请求( Modify Bearer Request ( RAB Assignment procedure /Packet flow context procedures ) ) , 要求修改承 载。 修改承载请求消息可以包含业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带宽 /速率信 息中的至少一种信息。  Step 704: The SGSN sends a Modify Bearer Request (RAB Assignment procedure / Packet flow context procedures) to the BSC/RNC, and requests modification of the bearer. The modify bearer request message may include at least one of service type information, service name information, and bandwidth/rate information.
步骤 705 , BSC/RNC给 SGSN发送第一切换响应消息。  Step 705: The BSC/RNC sends a first handover response message to the SGSN.
具体的, BSC/RNC收到修改承载请求后,如果决定切换到其他的系统中, 那么就要发起切换流程。给 SGSN发送第一切换响应消息, 该第一切换响应消 息中还带有切换到目标小区后修改承载信息和 /或相应的指示。  Specifically, after the BSC/RNC receives the modify bearer request, if it decides to switch to another system, the handover process is initiated. Sending a first handover response message to the SGSN, the first handover response message further includes modifying the bearer information and/or corresponding indication after switching to the target cell.
步骤 706, SGSN给 SGW发送修改承载响应消息( Update Bearer Response ), 修改承载响应消息带有暂时挂起相应承载的指示, 表示等过后再修改。  Step 706: The SGSN sends an Update Bearer Response message to the SGW, and the modified bearer response message has an indication that the corresponding bearer is temporarily suspended, and the SGSN is modified after the waiting.
步骤 707 , SGW给 PDW发送修改承载响应消息。  Step 707: The SGW sends a modify bearer response message to the PDW.
具体的, SGW收到修改承载响应消息后再给 PDW发送。  Specifically, after receiving the modify bearer response message, the SGW sends the PDW to the PDW.
步骤 708 , PDW给 PCRF发送修改承载响应消息。  Step 708: The PDW sends a modify bearer response message to the PCRF.
具体的, PDW再给 PCRF发送修改承载响应消息, 告诉 PCRF挂起承载, 等待修改。 以上步骤 706、 707、 708、 可以有或者没有。 当没有时, 接着步骤 709。  Specifically, the PDW sends a modify bearer response message to the PCRF to tell the PCRF to suspend the bearer and wait for modification. The above steps 706, 707, 708 may or may not be available. When not, proceed to step 709.
步骤 709, SGSN给 MME发送前向重定位请求消息 ( forward relocation request ) , 来进行切换请求。 前向重定位请求消息包含在源侧的全部已经建 立的承载和将要修改承载以及一个切换后建新承载的指示, 其中步骤 706、 步 骤 707、 步骤 708和步骤 709顺序不限定。  Step 709: The SGSN sends a forward relocation request message to the MME to perform a handover request. The forward relocation request message includes all the established bearers on the source side and an indication that the bearer is to be modified and a new bearer is established after the handover. The sequence of step 706, step 707, step 708 and step 709 are not limited.
步骤 710, ΜΜΕ给 eNB发送第二切换请求消息( HO Request ) , 第二切换 请求消息包含源侧已使用的承载信息, 以及切换后需要再建立的新承载信息, NAS信息(session manager request等), 以及切换后修改承载的指示。 该 NAS 信息就是告知 UE建立新的承载, 以及相应承载参数, 会话管理参数等。 其中 会话管理参数一般包括: 网关地址, 业务类型, 速率, 网络类型, ΑΡΝ (接入 点名称 , Access Point Name)等。 步骤 711 , eNB接收第二切换请求消息, eNB对源侧已使用的承载和新承 载都进行无线资源的适配, 获得源侧已使用的无线承载信息和新无线承载信 息。 Step 710: Send a second handover request message (HO Request) to the eNB, where the second handover request message includes bearer information used by the source side, and new bearer information that needs to be established after the handover, and NAS information (session manager request, etc.) And instructions for modifying the bearer after switching. The NAS information is to inform the UE to establish a new bearer, and corresponding bearer parameters, session management parameters, and the like. The session management parameters generally include: gateway address, service type, rate, network type, ΑΡΝ (Access Point Name), and so on. Step 711: The eNB receives the second handover request message, and the eNB performs radio resource adaptation on the used bearer and the new bearer on the source side to obtain the radio bearer information and the new radio bearer information that are used by the source side.
步骤 712, eNB给 MME发送切换响应消息 ( HO Request Ack ) 。  Step 712: The eNB sends a handover response message (HO Request Ack) to the MME.
具体的, 切换响应消息 ( HO Request Ack ) 包含适配的无线资源适配信 息的透明容器和 NAS信息 (NAS信息可以也包含在这个容器中) 。  Specifically, the HO Request Ack includes a transparent container and NAS information of the adapted radio resource adaptation information (NAS information may also be included in the container).
步骤 713 , MME给 SGSN返回前向重定位响应消息 ( Forward Relocation Response ) , 以中转 eNB发送包含无线资源信息的透明容器和 NAS信息(或者 该 NAS信息也包含在透明容器中) 。  Step 713: The MME returns a Forward Relocation Response message to the SGSN, and sends the transparent container and the NAS information including the radio resource information to the transit eNB (or the NAS information is also included in the transparent container).
步骤 714, SGSN给 BSC/RNC发送切换消息。  Step 714: The SGSN sends a handover message to the BSC/RNC.
具体的, 切换消息包含 eNB准备好的无线资源信息的透明容器和 NAS信 息 (或者该 NAS信息也包含在透明容器中) 。  Specifically, the handover message includes a transparent container and NAS information of the radio resource information prepared by the eNB (or the NAS information is also included in the transparent container).
步骤 715, BSC/RNC给 UE发送切换命令。  Step 715: The BSC/RNC sends a handover command to the UE.
具体的, 切换命令包含无线资源的透明容器和 NAS信息, (或者该 NAS 信息也包含在透明容器中) 。  Specifically, the switching command includes a transparent container of radio resources and NAS information (or the NAS information is also included in the transparent container).
步骤 716, UE向 eNB发送切换完成消息。  Step 716: The UE sends a handover complete message to the eNB.
具体的, UE在目标测进行接入, 如果接入成功, 就向 eNB发送切换完成 消息。  Specifically, the UE performs access in the target measurement, and if the access is successful, sends a handover complete message to the eNB.
步骤 717, eNB向 MME发送切换完成通知(HO Notify ) 。  Step 717: The eNB sends a handover completion notification (HO Notify) to the MME.
步骤 718, MME向 SGW发送修改承载通知消息, 通知 SGW进行刚才挂起 承载的修改。  Step 718: The MME sends a modify bearer notification message to the SGW, and notifies the SGW to perform the modification of the bearer just suspended.
步骤 719 , SGW向 PDW发送修改承载通知消息, 通知 PDW进行刚才挂起 承载的修改。  Step 719: The SGW sends a modify bearer notification message to the PDW, and notifies the PDW to perform the modification of the bearer just suspended.
步骤 720, PDW向 PCRF发送修改承载通知消息,通知 PCRF承载修改应答, PCRF进行的承载修改。  Step 720: The PDW sends a modify bearer notification message to the PCRF to notify the PCRF to carry the modification response, and the bearer modification performed by the PCRF.
对于 SGSN、 SGW, PDW 的节点承载触发的承载修改过程类似, 都是 BSC/RNC 收到 SGSN发送的承载修改( RAB Assignment procedure /或者 Packet flow context procedures )就发起上述切换流程, 上述步骤 704以后的流 程。  For the SGSN and the SGW, the bearer modification procedure of the PDW is similar to that of the PDW. The BSC/RNC receives the RAB Assignment procedure (or the Packet Flow context procedures) to initiate the handover process. After the above step 704 Process.
图 8为本发明承载处理方法实施例八的信令流程示意图, 参照图 8, 更 新 UE并且移动性管理实体认为需要重新定位核心网设备中 SGW的场景四 中, 本发明承载处理方法包括如下步骤: FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a signaling flow according to Embodiment 8 of a bearer processing method according to the present invention. Referring to FIG. 8, In the scenario 4 of the new UE and the mobility management entity that needs to relocate the SGW in the core network device, the bearer processing method of the present invention includes the following steps:
步骤 801 , PCRF给 PDW发送修改承载请求消息。  Step 801: The PCRF sends a modify bearer request message to the PDW.
具体的, 该修改承载请求具体为 IP-CAN Session消息, 要求修改承载, 还 可以包含业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带宽信息、 速率信息中的至少一种 信息。  Specifically, the modified bearer request is specifically an IP-CAN Session message, and the modified bearer is required to be modified, and may further include at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information.
步骤 802 , PDW给源 SGW发送修改承载请求消息。  Step 802: The PDW sends a modify bearer request message to the source SGW.
具体的, 该修改承载请求消息可以为 update bearer request消息或者 Create Bearer Request以建立第二条承载, 下面都以承载修改为例, 建立第二条承载 有类似的流程, 修改承载请求消息可以包含业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带宽信息、 速率信息中的至少一种信息, 这时 PDW上的承载参数还没有得到 应答, 不能修改。  Specifically, the modify bearer request message may be an update bearer request message or a Create Bearer Request to establish a second bearer. The following takes the bearer modification as an example to establish a second bearer with a similar process, and the modify bearer request message may include a service. At least one of type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information. At this time, the bearer parameters on the PDW have not been acknowledged and cannot be modified.
步骤 803 , 源 SGW给 SGSN发送修改承载请求 (update bearer request)消息, 请求承载修改, 该修改承载请求消息可以包含业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带宽信息、 速率信息中的至少一种信息。 这时源 SGW上的承载参数还没有得 到应答, 不能修改。  Step 803: The source SGW sends an update bearer request message to the SGSN to request the bearer modification. The modify bearer request message may include at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information. At this time, the bearer parameters on the source SGW have not been answered and cannot be modified.
步骤 804, SGSN给 BSC/RNC发送修改承载请求消息 (Modify Bearer Request ( RAB Assignment procedure /Packet flow context procedures ) ) , 要求 修改承载。 该修改承载请求消息可以包含业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带 宽信息、 速率信息中的至少一种信息。  Step 804: The SGSN sends a Modify Bearer Request (RAB Assignment procedure / Packet flow context procedures) to the BSC/RNC to modify the bearer. The modify bearer request message may include at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information.
步骤 805 , BSC/RNC给 SGSN发送第一切换响应消息。  Step 805: The BSC/RNC sends a first handover response message to the SGSN.
BSC/RNC收到修改承载请求后, 如果决定切换到其他的系统中, 那么就 要发起切换流程。给 SGSN发送第一切换响应消息, 该第一切换响应消息中还 带有切换到目标小区后修改承载信息和 /或相应的指示。  After the BSC/RNC receives the modify bearer request, if it decides to switch to another system, then the handover process is initiated. Sending a first handover response message to the SGSN, where the first handover response message further includes modifying the bearer information and/or corresponding indication after switching to the target cell.
步骤 806, SGSN给源 SGW发送修改承载响应消息 ( Update bearer response ) , 带有暂时挂起相应承载的指示, 表示等过后再修改。  Step 806: The SGSN sends an Update Bearer Response message to the source SGW, with an indication that the corresponding bearer is temporarily suspended, and indicates that the SG is modified after the waiting.
步骤 807 , 源 SGW给 PDW发送修改承载响应消息。  Step 807: The source SGW sends a modify bearer response message to the PDW.
具体的, 源 SGW收到修改承载响应后再给 PDW发送。  Specifically, the source SGW sends the modified bearer response to the PDW.
步骤 808 , PDW给 PCRF发送修改承载响应消息。 具体的, PDW再给 PCRF发送修改承载响应消息, 告诉 PCRF挂起承载, 等待修改。以上可步骤 806、 807、 808以有或者没有。 当没有时,接着步骤 809。 Step 808: The PDW sends a modify bearer response message to the PCRF. Specifically, the PDW sends a modify bearer response message to the PCRF, and tells the PCRF to suspend the bearer and wait for modification. The above steps 806, 807, 808 can be used with or without. When not, proceed to step 809.
步骤 809、 SGSN给 MME发送前向重定位请求( forward relocation request ) , 以进行切换请求。 该前向重定位请求包含在源侧的全部已经建立的承载和将 要修改承载以及一个切换后建新承载的指示, 其中步骤 806、 步骤 807、 步骤 Step 809: The SGSN sends a forward relocation request to the MME to perform a handover request. The forward relocation request includes all the established bearers on the source side and an indication that the bearer is to be modified and a new bearer is established after the handover, where step 806, step 807, step
808和步骤 809顺序不限定。 The order of 808 and step 809 is not limited.
步骤 810、 ΜΜΕ给目标 SGW发送创建会话请求消息。  Step 810: Send a create session request message to the target SGW.
具体的, ΜΜΕ决定重新定位 SGW, 那么就会给目标 SGW发送创建会话 请求消息 ( Create Session Request ) , 用来建立承载通道。  Specifically, if the SGW is determined to be relocated, a Create Session Request message (Create Session Request) is sent to the target SGW to establish a bearer channel.
步骤 811、 目标 SGW向 ΜΜΕ发送创建会话响应消息。  Step 811: The target SGW sends a create session response message to the MME.
步骤 812、 ΜΜΕ给 eNB发送第二切换请求消息 (HO Request ) , 具体的, 第二切换请求消息包含源侧已使用的承载信息, 以及切换后需 要再建立的新承载信息, NAS信息 ( session manager request等) , 以及切换 后修改承载的指示。  Step 812: Send a second handover request message (HO Request) to the eNB. Specifically, the second handover request message includes the bearer information used by the source side, and the new bearer information that needs to be established after the handover, and the NAS information (session manager) Request, etc., and instructions for modifying the bearer after switching.
该 NAS信息就是告知 UE建立新的承载, 以及相应承载参数, 会话管理参 数等。 其中会话管理参数一般包括: 网关地址, 业务类型, 速率, 网络类型, APN(Access Point Name)等。  The NAS information is to inform the UE to establish a new bearer, and corresponding bearer parameters, session management parameters, and the like. The session management parameters generally include: gateway address, service type, rate, network type, APN (Access Point Name), and so on.
步骤 813、 eNB接收第二切换请求消息, eNB对源侧已使用的承载和新承 载都进行无线资源的适配, 获得源侧已使用的无线承载信息和新无线承载信 息。  Step 813: The eNB receives the second handover request message, and the eNB performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer and the new bearer used by the source side to obtain the radio bearer information and the new radio bearer information that are used by the source side.
步骤 814、 eNB给 MME发送切换响应消息 ( HO Request Ack ) 。  Step 814: The eNB sends a handover response message (HO Request Ack) to the MME.
具体的, 切换响应消息 ( HO Request Ack ) 包含适配的资源适配信息的 透明容器和 NAS信息 (NAS信息也可以包含在该透明容器中) 。  Specifically, the HO Request Ack includes a transparent container and NAS information of the adapted resource adaptation information (NAS information may also be included in the transparent container).
步骤 815、 MME给 SGSN返回前向重定位响应消息 ( Forward Relocation Response ) , 以中转 eNB发送包含无线资源信息的透明容器和 NAS信息 (或者 该 NAS信息也包含在透明容器中) 。  Step 815: The MME returns a Forward Relocation Response message to the SGSN, and sends the transparent container and the NAS information including the radio resource information to the transit eNB (or the NAS information is also included in the transparent container).
步骤 816、 SGSN给 BSC/RNC发送切换消息,  Step 816: The SGSN sends a handover message to the BSC/RNC.
具体的, 切换消息包含 eNB准备好的无线资源信息的透明容器和 NAS信 息 (或者该 NAS信息也包含在透明容器中) 。  Specifically, the handover message includes a transparent container and NAS information of the radio resource information prepared by the eNB (or the NAS information is also included in the transparent container).
步骤 817、 BSC/RNC给 UE发送切换命令。 具体的, 切换命令包含无线资源的透明容器和 NAS信息 (该 NAS信息也 可以包含在透明容器中) 。 Step 817: The BSC/RNC sends a handover command to the UE. Specifically, the handover command includes a transparent container of radio resources and NAS information (the NAS information may also be included in the transparent container).
步骤 818, UE向 eNB发送切换完成消息。  Step 818: The UE sends a handover complete message to the eNB.
具体的, UE在目标测进行接入, 如果接入成功, 就向 eNB发送切换完成 消息。  Specifically, the UE performs access in the target measurement, and if the access is successful, sends a handover complete message to the eNB.
步骤 819, eNB给 MME发送切换完成通知消息 (HO Notify ) 。  Step 819: The eNB sends a handover completion notification message (HO Notify) to the MME.
步骤 820, MME给 SGSN发送切换完成通知消息 ( Forward Ack ) , 通知 SGSN切换完成, SGSN可以根据情况释放资源 Gb/Iu口或源 SGW的承载信息。  Step 820: The MME sends a handover complete notification message (Forward Ack) to the SGSN to notify the SGSN that the handover is complete, and the SGSN may release the bearer information of the resource Gb/Iu interface or the source SGW according to the situation.
步骤 821 , MME向目标 SGW发送修改承载通知消息 , 通知目标 SGW进行 承载修改, 对切换中源侧使用的承载进行修改。  Step 821: The MME sends a modify bearer notification message to the target SGW, and notifies the target SGW to perform bearer modification, and modifies the bearer used by the source side in the handover.
步骤 822 , 目标 SGW向 PDW发送修改承载通知消息, 通知 PDW进行承载 修改, 对切换中源侧使用的承载进行修改。  Step 822: The target SGW sends a modify bearer notification message to the PDW, and notifies the PDW to perform bearer modification, and modifies the bearer used by the source side in the handover.
步骤 823 , PDW向 PCRF发送修改承载通知消息 ,通知 PCRF承载修改应答, PCRF进行的承载修改。  Step 823: The PDW sends a modify bearer notification message to the PCRF to notify the PCRF to carry the modification response, and the bearer modification performed by the PCRF.
步骤 824 , SGSN向源 SGW发送删除会话消息, 通知源 SGW释放承载。 图 9为本发明实施例的一种源侧网元节点结构示意图, 需要说明的是, 在 GERAN或 UTRAN向 LTE进行切换时,该源侧网元节点可以为 BSC或者 RNC , 在 LTE向 GERAN或者 UTRAN进行切换时 , 该源侧网元节点可以为 eNB。 如图 9所示, 本实施例的源侧网元节点可以包括: 接收模块 901、 发送 模块 902。  Step 824: The SGSN sends a delete session message to the source SGW, to notify the source SGW to release the bearer. FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a source-side network element node according to an embodiment of the present invention. It should be noted that, when GERAN or UTRAN performs handover to LTE, the source-side network element node may be a BSC or an RNC, and the LTE to the GERAN or When the UTRAN performs handover, the source side network element node may be an eNB. As shown in FIG. 9, the source side network element node in this embodiment may include: a receiving module 901 and a sending module 902.
接收模块 901 , 用于接收核心网设备发送的包含业务信息的修改承载请 求消息。  The receiving module 901 is configured to receive a modified bearer request message that is sent by the core network device and includes the service information.
其中, 业务信息包括业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带宽信息和速率信 息中的至少一种信息。  The service information includes at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information.
发送模块 902, 用于当根据接收模块 901接收的业务信息决定进行网络 切换时, 向核心网设备发送包含修改承载指示的第一切换请求消息。  The sending module 902 is configured to send, by the network device according to the service information received by the receiving module 901, a first handover request message that includes a modified bearer indication to the core network device.
接收模块 901 , 还用于接收核心网设备发送的包含无线承载信息的切换 消息。  The receiving module 901 is further configured to receive a handover message that is sent by the core network device and includes radio bearer information.
其中, 无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息, 或者, 源侧已使用 的无线承载信息和新无线承载信息。 发送模块 902, 还用于在接收模块 901接收到切换消息后, 向用户设备 UE发送包含无线承载信息的切换命令, 以使 UE进行网络切换。 The radio bearer information is radio bearer information that has been used on the source side, or radio bearer information and new radio bearer information that have been used on the source side. The sending module 902 is further configured to: after the receiving module 901 receives the handover message, send a handover command including the radio bearer information to the user equipment UE, so that the UE performs network handover.
可选的, 当无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息和新无线承载信 息时,  Optionally, when the radio bearer information is the radio bearer information and the new radio bearer information that are used by the source side,
切换消息还包括非接入层 NAS信息。  The handover message also includes non-access stratum NAS information.
切换命令还包括 NAS信息。  The switch command also includes NAS information.
其中, NAS信息包含承载参数和 /或会话管理参数。  The NAS information includes bearer parameters and/or session management parameters.
本实施例提供给的源侧网元节点, 可以用于执行本发明承载处理方法实 施例一的技术方案, 实现了进行网络切换的同时, 对业务承载进行修改, 提 高了业务处理速度, 保证了业务的服务质量。  The source side network element node provided in this embodiment can be used to perform the technical solution of the first embodiment of the bearer processing method of the present invention, and implements network switching, and the service bearer is modified, thereby improving the service processing speed and ensuring the speed. The quality of service of the business.
图 10 为本发明实施例的一种目标侧网元节点结构示意图, 需要说明的 是,当 GERAN或者 UTRAN向 LTE进行切换时,该目标侧网元节点可以 eNB; 当 LTE向 GERAN或者 UTRAN进行切换时,该源目标侧网元节点可以为 BSC 或者 RNC。 如图 10所示, 目标侧网元节点包括: 接收模块 1001、 无线资源 适配模块 1002和发送模块 1003 , 具体如下所述。  FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a target side network element node according to an embodiment of the present invention. It should be noted that when GERAN or UTRAN performs handover to LTE, the target side network element node may be an eNB; when LTE switches to GERAN or UTRAN The source target side network element node may be a BSC or an RNC. As shown in FIG. 10, the target side network element node includes: a receiving module 1001, a radio resource adaptation module 1002, and a sending module 1003, which are specifically described below.
接收模块 1001 , 用于接收核心网设备发送的包含承载信息的第二切换请 求消息, 承载信息为源侧已使用的承载信息。  The receiving module 1001 is configured to receive, by the core network device, a second handover request message that includes the bearer information, where the bearer information is bearer information that is used by the source side.
无线资源适配模块 1002, 用于对接收模块 1001接收的第二切换请求消 息中的承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得无线承载信息。  The radio resource adaptation module 1002 is configured to perform radio resource adaptation on the bearer information in the second handover request message received by the receiving module 1001 to obtain radio bearer information.
发送模块 1003 , 用于向核心网设备发送包含无线资源适配模块 1002获 得的无线承载信息的切换响应消息, 触发核心网设备向源侧网元节点发送包 含无线承载信息的切换消息。  The sending module 1003 is configured to send, to the core network device, a handover response message that includes the radio bearer information obtained by the radio resource adaptation module 1002, and trigger the core network device to send a handover message that includes radio bearer information to the source side network element node.
接收模块 1001 , 还用于接收用户设备 UE发送的切换完成消息。  The receiving module 1001 is further configured to receive a handover complete message sent by the user equipment UE.
发送模块 1003 ,还用于在接收模块 1001接收到 UE发送的切换完成消息 后, 向核心网设备发送切换完成通知消息。  The sending module 1003 is further configured to: after the receiving module 1001 receives the handover complete message sent by the UE, send the handover complete notification message to the core network device.
接收模块 1001 , 还用于接收核心网设备发送的包含新承载信息和非接入 层 NAS信息的承载修改消息, NAS信息包含承载参数和 /或会话管理参数。  The receiving module 1001 is further configured to receive a bearer modification message that is sent by the core network device and includes the new bearer information and the non-access stratum NAS information, where the NAS information includes a bearer parameter and/or a session management parameter.
无线资源适配模块 1002, 还用于对接收模块 1001接收的新承载信息进 行无线资源适配, 获得新无线承载信息。  The radio resource adaptation module 1002 is further configured to perform radio resource adaptation on the new bearer information received by the receiving module 1001 to obtain new radio bearer information.
发送模块 1003 ,还用于向 UE发送包含无线资源适配模块 1002获得的新 无线承载信息和 NAS信息的资源重置消息。 The sending module 1003 is further configured to send, to the UE, a new one that is obtained by the wireless resource adaptation module 1002. A resource reset message for radio bearer information and NAS information.
接收模块 1001 , 还用于接收 UE发送的资源重置响应消息;  The receiving module 1001 is further configured to receive a resource reset response message sent by the UE.
发送模块 1003 , 还用于在接收模块 1001接收到资源重置响应消息之后, 向核心网设备发送修改承载通知消息, 以使核心网设备修改新承载信息。  The sending module 1003 is further configured to: after the receiving module 1001 receives the resource reset response message, send a modify bearer notification message to the core network device, so that the core network device modifies the new bearer information.
本实施例提供的目标侧网元节点, 可以用于执行本发明承载处理方法实 施例一的技术方案, 其实现原理和技术效果类似, 此处不再赘述。  The target side network element node provided in this embodiment may be used to implement the technical solution of the first embodiment of the present invention. The implementation principle and the technical effect are similar, and details are not described herein again.
图 11为本发明实施例的一种核心网设备结构示意图, 如图 11所示, 包 括: 第一发送模块 1101、 第一接收模块 1102、 第二发送模块 1103和第二接 收模块 1104, 具体如下所述。  FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 11, the method includes: a first sending module 1101, a first receiving module 1102, a second sending module 1103, and a second receiving module 1104, which are specifically as follows: Said.
第一发送模块 1101 , 用于向源侧网元节点发送包含业务信息的修改承载 请求消息。  The first sending module 1101 is configured to send, to the source side network element node, a modify bearer request message that includes service information.
第一接收模块 1102, 用于接收源侧网元节点发送的包含修改承载指示的 第一切换请求消息。  The first receiving module 1102 is configured to receive a first handover request message that is sent by the source network element node and includes a modified bearer indication.
第二发送模块 1103 , 用于向目标侧网元节点发送包含承载信息的第二切 换请求消息, 承载信息为源侧已使用的承载信息。  The second sending module 1103 is configured to send, to the target side network element node, a second switching request message that includes the bearer information, where the bearer information is bearer information that has been used by the source side.
第二接收模块 1104, 用于接收目标侧网元节点发送的包含无线承载信息 的切换响应消息。  The second receiving module 1104 is configured to receive a handover response message that is sent by the target side network element node and includes radio bearer information.
第一发送模块 1101 ,还用于向源侧网元节点发送包含第二接收模块 1104 接收的无线承载信息的切换消息, 触发源侧网元节点向用户设备 UE发送包 含无线承载信息的切换命令。  The first sending module 1101 is further configured to send, to the source network element node, a handover message that includes the radio bearer information received by the second receiving module 1104, and trigger the source side network element node to send a handover command that includes the radio bearer information to the user equipment UE.
第二接收模块 1104, 还用于接收目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消 息。  The second receiving module 1104 is further configured to receive a handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node.
第二发送模块 1103 , 还用于向目标侧网元节点发送包含新承载信息和非 接入层 NAS信息的承载修改消息,以使目标侧网元节点对新承载信息进行无 线资源适配, NAS信息包含承载参数和 /或会话管理参数。  The second sending module 1103 is further configured to send a bearer modification message including the new bearer information and the non-access stratum NAS information to the target side network element node, so that the target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the new bearer information, the NAS The information contains bearer parameters and/or session management parameters.
第二接收模块 1104, 还用于接收目标侧网元节点发送的修改承载通知消 息, 进行承载修改。  The second receiving module 1104 is further configured to receive the modified bearer notification message sent by the target side network element node, and perform bearer modification.
其中, 业务信息包括: 业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带宽信息和速率 信息中的至少一种信息。  The service information includes: at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information.
其中, 第二接收模块 1104具体用于: 对新承载信息进行修改; 或者, The second receiving module 1104 is specifically configured to: Modify the new bearer information; or,
对源侧已使用的承载信息和新承载信息统一进行修改。  The bearer information and the new bearer information that have been used on the source side are uniformly modified.
可选的, 当第二接收模块 1104具体用于对新承载信息进行修改时, 第二 接收模块 1104还用于:  Optionally, when the second receiving module 1104 is specifically configured to modify the new bearer information, the second receiving module 1104 is further configured to:
在接收目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息之后, 对源侧已使用的 承载信息进行修改。  After receiving the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, the bearer information used by the source side is modified.
进一步的, 第一接收模块 1102还用于:  Further, the first receiving module 1102 is further configured to:
根据第一切换请求消息中的修改承载指示, 挂起源侧已使用的承载信息 和 /或新承载信息, 等待修改。  According to the modified bearer indication in the first handover request message, the bearer information and/or the new bearer information used by the originating side are suspended, and the modification is awaited.
可选的, 核心网设备包括第一网元节点、 第二网元节点、 源服务器网关 Optionally, the core network device includes a first network element node, a second network element node, and a source server gateway.
SGW和目标 SGW, SGW and target SGW,
第一网元节点包括: 第一发送模块 1101和第一接收模块 1102。  The first network element node includes: a first sending module 1101 and a first receiving module 1102.
第二网元节点包括: 第二发送模块 1103和第二接收模块 1104。  The second network element node includes: a second sending module 1103 and a second receiving module 1104.
进一步的, 第二发送模块 1103 , 还用于在向目标侧网元节点发送包含承 载信息的第二切换请求消息之前, 向目标 SGW发送创建会话请求消息, 以 建立新的承载通道;  Further, the second sending module 1103 is further configured to: before sending the second handover request message that includes the bearer information to the target side network element node, send a create session request message to the target SGW to establish a new bearer channel;
第二接收模块 1104, 还用于接收目标 SGW发送的创建会话响应消息。 进一步的,第二发送模块 1103 ,还用于在接收到切换完成通知消息之后, 向第一网元节点发送切换完成通知消息, 以使第 ―网元节点在修改承载信息 之后通知源 SGW释放承载信息。  The second receiving module 1104 is further configured to receive a create session response message sent by the target SGW. Further, the second sending module 1103 is further configured to: after receiving the handover complete notification message, send a handover complete notification message to the first network element node, so that the first network element node notifies the source SGW to release the bearer after modifying the bearer information. information.
第一接收模块 1102 ,还用于接收第二网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息, 对承载信息进行修改。  The first receiving module 1102 is further configured to receive a handover completion notification message sent by the second network element node, and modify the bearer information.
第一发送模块 1101 , 还用于在第一接收模块 1102接收到切换完成通知 消息后, 发送消息通知源 SGW释放承载信息。  The first sending module 1101 is further configured to: after the first receiving module 1102 receives the handover complete notification message, send a message to notify the source SGW to release the bearer information.
需要说明的是, 在上述切换网络并且修改承载的过程中, 对于核心网设 备内部,可能会出现核心网设备 MME需要对核心网设备 SGW进行重定位的 情况。 于是, 在第一接收模块 1102接收源侧网元节点发送的包含修改承载指 示的切换响应消息之后, 核心网设备中的 MME向核心网设备中的目标 SGW 发送创建会话请求消息, 以建立新的承载通道。 该目标 SGW, 用于向 MME 发送创建会话响应消息进行应答。 在 UE完成网络切换并且核心网设备对承 载信息进行修改之后 , 由 MME再向核心网设备中的 SGSN发送切换完成通 知 , 以使 SGSN在核心网设备内部互相通知修改承载信息之后 , MME向源 SGW发送删除承载消息, 以通知核心网设备中的源 SGW释放承载信息。 It should be noted that, in the process of switching the network and modifying the bearer, for the core network device, the core network device MME needs to relocate the core network device SGW. Then, after the first receiving module 1102 receives the handover response message that is sent by the source network element node and includes the modified bearer indication, the MME in the core network device sends a create session request message to the target SGW in the core network device to establish a new Carrying a channel. The target SGW is configured to send a create session response message to the MME to respond. Complete network switching at the UE and the core network equipment is inherited After the information is modified, the MME sends a handover completion notification to the SGSN in the core network device, so that the MME sends a delete bearer message to the source SGW to notify the core network device. The source SGW in the middle releases the bearer information.
本实施例提供的核心网设备, 可以用于执行本发明承载处理方法实施例 一的技术方案, 实现了进行网络切换的同时, 对业务承载进行修改, 提高了 业务处理速度, 保证了业务的服务质量。  The core network device provided in this embodiment can be used to implement the technical solution of the first embodiment of the bearer processing method of the present invention, which implements network switching, and modifies the service bearer, improves the service processing speed, and ensures the service of the service. quality.
图 12为本发明实施例的另一种目标侧网元节点结构示意图, 如图 12所 示, 包括: 接收模块 1201、 无线资源适配模块 1202和发送模块 1203。  FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of another target side network element node according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 12, the method includes: a receiving module 1201, a radio resource adaptation module 1202, and a sending module 1203.
接收模块 1201 , 用于接收核心网设备发送的包含承载信息的第二切换请 求消息, 承载信息为源侧已使用的承载信息和新承载信息;  The receiving module 1201 is configured to receive, by the core network device, a second handover request message that includes the bearer information, where the bearer information is used by the source side and the new bearer information.
无线资源适配模块 1202, 用于对接收模块 1201接收的第二切换请求消 息中的承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得无线承载信息;  The radio resource adaptation module 1202 is configured to perform radio resource adaptation on the bearer information in the second handover request message received by the receiving module 1201, to obtain radio bearer information.
发送模块 1203 , 用于向核心网设备发送包含无线资源适配模块 1202获 得的无线承载信息的切换响应消息, 触发核心网设备向源侧网元节点发送包 含无线承载信息的切换消息;  The sending module 1203 is configured to send, to the core network device, a handover response message that includes the radio bearer information obtained by the radio resource adaptation module 1202, and trigger the core network device to send a handover message that includes the radio bearer information to the source network element node.
接收模块 1201 , 还用于接收用户设备 UE发送的切换完成消息; 发送模块 1203 ,还用于在接收模块 1201接收到 UE发送的切换完成消息 后, 向核心网设备发送切换完成通知消息。  The receiving module 1201 is further configured to receive a handover complete message sent by the user equipment UE. The sending module 1203 is further configured to: after the receiving module 1201 receives the handover complete message sent by the UE, send the handover complete notification message to the core network device.
其中, 无线资源适配模块 1202具体用于:  The radio resource adaptation module 1202 is specifically configured to:
对接收模块接收的第二切换请求消息中的源侧已使用的承载信息和新承 载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得无线承载信息, 无线承载信息为源侧已使用 的无线承载信息和新无线承载信息。  And performing radio resource adaptation on the bearer information and the new bearer information used by the source side in the second handover request message received by the receiving module, to obtain radio bearer information, where the radio bearer information is the radio bearer information used by the source side and the new radio bearer. information.
其中, 第二切换请求消息还包含非接入层 NAS信息。  The second handover request message further includes non-access stratum NAS information.
切换响应消息还包含 NAS信息。  The handover response message also contains NAS information.
NAS信息包含承载参数和 /或会话管理参数。  The NAS information contains bearer parameters and/or session management parameters.
可选的, 当第二切换请求消息还包含非接入层 NAS信息时, 无线资源适 配模块 1202具体用于:  Optionally, when the second handover request message further includes non-access stratum NAS information, the radio resource adaptation module 1202 is specifically configured to:
根据接收模块 1201接收的第二切换请求消息,对源侧已使用的承载信息 进行无线资源适配, 获得无线承载信息, 无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线 承载信息; 保存新承载信息和 NAS信息; 或者, 对源侧已使用的承载信息和新承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得无线承 载信息和新无线承载信息, 无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息; 保 存新无线承载信息和 NAS信息。 And performing radio resource adaptation on the bearer information used by the source side according to the second handover request message received by the receiving module 1201, and obtaining radio bearer information, where the radio bearer information is used by the source side; and storing the new bearer information and the NAS Information; or, Radio resource adaptation is performed on the bearer information and the new bearer information that have been used on the source side, and the radio bearer information and the new radio bearer information are obtained, and the radio bearer information is the radio bearer information used by the source side; the new radio bearer information and the NAS information are saved.
进一步的, 无线资源适配模块 1202, 还用于在发送模块 1203向核心网 设备发送切换完成通知消息之后,对已保存的新承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得新无线承载信息, 并获取 NAS 信息; 或者, 当保存新无线承载信息和 NAS信息时, 在发送模块向核心网设备发送切换完成通知消息之后, 获取新 无线承载信息和 NAS信息;  Further, the radio resource adaptation module 1202 is further configured to: after the sending module 1203 sends the handover completion notification message to the core network device, perform radio resource adaptation on the saved new bearer information, obtain new radio bearer information, and acquire the NAS. Or; when the new radio bearer information and the NAS information are saved, after the sending module sends the handover completion notification message to the core network device, acquiring new radio bearer information and NAS information;
发送模块 1203 , 还用于在无线资源适配模块 1202获得新无线承载信息 之后, 向 UE发送包含新无线承载信息和 NAS信息的资源重置消息;  The sending module 1203 is further configured to: after the radio resource adaptation module 1202 obtains the new radio bearer information, send a resource reset message that includes the new radio bearer information and the NAS information to the UE;
接收模块 1201 , 还用于在发送模块 1203发送资源重置消息之后, 接收 UE发送的资源重置响应消息;  The receiving module 1201 is further configured to: after the sending module 1203 sends the resource reset message, receive a resource reset response message sent by the UE;
发送模块 1203, 还用于在接收模块 1201接收到资源重置响应消息之后, 向核心网设备发送修改承载通知消息, 以使核心网设备修改新承载信息。  The sending module 1203 is further configured to: after the receiving module 1201 receives the resource reset response message, send a modify bearer notification message to the core network device, so that the core network device modifies the new bearer information.
本实施例提供的目标侧网元节点, 可以用于执行本发明承载处理方法实 施例二的技术方案, 实现了进行网络切换的同时, 对业务承载进行修改, 提 高了业务处理速度, 保证了业务的服务质量。  The target side network element node provided in this embodiment can be used to implement the technical solution of the second embodiment of the bearer processing method of the present invention, which implements network switching and modifies the service bearer, improves the service processing speed, and ensures the service. Quality of service.
图 13为本发明实施例的另一种核心网设备结构示意图, 如图 13所示, 包括: 第一发送模块 1301、 第一接收模块 1302、 第二发送模块 1303和第二 接收模块 1304。  FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 13, the method includes: a first sending module 1301, a first receiving module 1302, a second sending module 1303, and a second receiving module 1304.
第一发送模块 1301 , 用于向源侧网元节点发送包含业务信息的修改承载 请求消息。  The first sending module 1301 is configured to send a modify bearer request message including service information to the source side network element node.
第一接收模块 1302, 用于接收源侧网元节点发送的包含修改承载指示的 第一切换请求消息。  The first receiving module 1302 is configured to receive a first handover request message that is sent by the source network element node and includes a modified bearer indication.
第二发送模块 1303 , 用于向目标侧网元节点发送包含承载信息的第二切 换请求消息, 承载信息为源侧已使用的承载信息和新承载信息。  The second sending module 1303 is configured to send, to the target side network element node, a second switching request message that includes the bearer information, where the bearer information is used by the source side and the new bearer information.
第二接收模块 1304, 用于接收目标侧网元节点发送的包含无线承载信息 的切换响应消息。  The second receiving module 1304 is configured to receive a handover response message that is sent by the target side network element node and includes radio bearer information.
第一发送模块 1301 ,还用于向源侧网元节点发送包含第二接收模块 1304 接收的无线承载信息的切换消息, 触发源侧网元节点向用户设备 UE发送包 含无线承载信息的切换命令。 The first sending module 1301 is further configured to send, to the source network element node, a handover message that includes the radio bearer information received by the second receiving module 1304, and trigger the source side network element node to send the packet to the user equipment UE. A switching command containing radio bearer information.
第二接收模块 1304, 还用于接收目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消 息, 进行承载修改。  The second receiving module 1304 is further configured to receive a handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, and perform bearer modification.
其中, 业务信息包括: 业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带宽信息和速率 信息中的至少一种信息。  The service information includes: at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information.
其中, 第二接收模块 1304具体用于:  The second receiving module 1304 is specifically configured to:
对新承载信息进行修改; 或者,  Modify the new bearer information; or,
对源侧已使用的承载信息和新承载信息统一进行修改。  The bearer information and the new bearer information that have been used on the source side are uniformly modified.
可选的, 当第二接收模块 1304具体用于对新承载信息进行修改时, 第二 接收模块 1304还用于:  Optionally, when the second receiving module 1304 is specifically configured to modify the new bearer information, the second receiving module 1304 is further configured to:
在接收目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息之后, 对源侧已使用的 承载信息进行修改。  After receiving the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, the bearer information used by the source side is modified.
可选的, 第一接收模块 1302还用于:  Optionally, the first receiving module 1302 is further configured to:
根据第一切换请求消息中的修改承载指示, 挂起源侧已使用的承载信息 和 /或新承载信息, 等待修改。  According to the modified bearer indication in the first handover request message, the bearer information and/or the new bearer information used by the originating side are suspended, and the modification is awaited.
可选的, 核心网设备包括第一网元节点、 第二网元节点、 源服务器网关 SGW和目标 SGW,  Optionally, the core network device includes a first network element node, a second network element node, a source server gateway SGW, and a target SGW.
第一网元节点包括: 第一发送模块 1301和第一接收模块 1302;  The first network element node includes: a first sending module 1301 and a first receiving module 1302;
第二网元节点包括: 第二发送模块 1303和第二接收模块 1304。  The second network element node includes: a second sending module 1303 and a second receiving module 1304.
进一步的, 第二发送模块 1303 , 还用于在向目标侧网元节点发送包含承 载信息的第二切换请求消息之前, 向目标 SGW发送创建会话请求消息, 以 建立新的承载通道;  Further, the second sending module 1303 is further configured to: before sending the second handover request message that includes the bearer information to the target side network element node, send a create session request message to the target SGW to establish a new bearer channel;
第二接收模块 1304, 还用于接收目标 SGW发送的创建会话响应消息。 进一步的,第二发送模块 1304,还用于在接收到切换完成通知消息之后, 向第一网元节点发送切换完成通知消息, 以使第 ―网元节点在修改承载信息 之后通知源 SGW释放承载信息。  The second receiving module 1304 is further configured to receive a create session response message sent by the target SGW. Further, the second sending module 1304 is further configured to: after receiving the handover complete notification message, send a handover complete notification message to the first network element node, so that the first network element node notifies the source SGW to release the bearer after modifying the bearer information. information.
第一接收模块 1302,还用于接收第二网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息, 对承载信息进行修改。  The first receiving module 1302 is further configured to receive a handover completion notification message sent by the second network element node, and modify the bearer information.
第一发送模块 1301 , 还用于在第一接收模块 1302接收到切换完成通知 消息后, 发送消息通知源 SGW释放承载信息。 需要说明的是, 在上述切换网络并且修改承载的过程中, 对于核心网设 备内部,可能会出现核心网设备 MME需要对核心网设备 SGW进行重定位的 情况。 于是, 在第一接收模块 1302接收源侧网元节点发送的包含修改承载指 示的切换响应消息之后, 核心网设备中的 MME向核心网设备中的目标 SGW 发送创建会话请求消息, 以建立新的承载通道。 该目标 SGW, 用于向 MME 发送创建会话响应消息进行应答。 在 UE完成网络切换并且核心网设备对承 载信息进行修改之后, 由 MME再向核心网设备中的 SGSN发送切换完成通 知 , 以使 SGSN在核心网设备内部互相通知修改承载信息之后 , MME向源 SGW发送删除承载消息, 以通知核心网设备中的源 SGW释放承载信息。 The first sending module 1301 is further configured to: after the first receiving module 1302 receives the handover complete notification message, send a message to notify the source SGW to release the bearer information. It should be noted that, in the process of switching the network and modifying the bearer, for the core network device, the core network device MME needs to relocate the core network device SGW. Then, after the first receiving module 1302 receives the handover response message that is sent by the source network element node and includes the modified bearer indication, the MME in the core network device sends a create session request message to the target SGW in the core network device to establish a new Carrying a channel. The target SGW is configured to send a create session response message to the MME to respond. After the UE completes the network handover and the core network device modifies the bearer information, the MME sends a handover completion notification to the SGSN in the core network device, so that the SGSN notifies the core bearer to modify the bearer information, and the MME sends the source SGW to the source SGW. The delete bearer message is sent to notify the source SGW in the core network device to release the bearer information.
本实施例提供的核心网设备, 可以用于执行本发明承载处理方法实施例 二的技术方案, 其实现原理和技术效果相同, 此处不再赘述。  The core network device provided by this embodiment may be used to implement the technical solution of the second embodiment of the bearer processing method of the present invention. The implementation principle and technical effects are the same, and details are not described herein again.
本发明实施例提供一种承载处理系统包括:如图 9所示的源侧网元节点、 如图 10所示的目标侧网元节点以及如图 11所示的核心网设备。  The embodiment of the present invention provides a bearer processing system, including: a source side network element node as shown in FIG. 9, a target side network element node as shown in FIG. 10, and a core network device as shown in FIG.
本发明实施例提供另一种承载处理系统, 包括: 如图 9所示的源侧网元 节点、 如图 12所示的目标侧网元节点以及如图 13所示的核心网设备。  The embodiment of the present invention provides another bearer processing system, including: a source side network element node as shown in FIG. 9, a target side network element node as shown in FIG. 12, and a core network device as shown in FIG.
图 14为本发明实施例的一种源侧网元节点结构示意图, 需要说明的是, 在 GERAN或 UTRAN向 LTE进行切换时,该源侧网元节点可以为 BSC或者 RNC , 在 LTE向 GERAN或者 UTRAN进行切换时 , 该源侧网元节点可以为 eNB。 如图 14所示, 本实施例的源侧网元节点可以包括: 接收器 1401、 发射 器 1402和处理器 1403。  FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a source-side network element node according to an embodiment of the present invention. It should be noted that, when GERAN or UTRAN performs handover to LTE, the source-side network element node may be a BSC or an RNC, and the LTE to GERAN or When the UTRAN performs handover, the source side network element node may be an eNB. As shown in FIG. 14, the source side network element node of this embodiment may include: a receiver 1401, a transmitter 1402, and a processor 1403.
接收器 1401 , 用于接收核心网设备发送的包含业务信息的修改承载请求 消息。  The receiver 1401 is configured to receive a modify bearer request message that is sent by the core network device and includes the service information.
其中, 业务信息包括业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带宽信息和速率信 息中的至少一种信息。  The service information includes at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information.
处理器 1403用于当根据接收器 1401接收的业务信息决定进行网络切换 时。  The processor 1403 is configured to determine when performing network switching according to the service information received by the receiver 1401.
发射器 1402, 在处理器 1403根据接收器 1401接收的业务信息决定进行 网络切换后, 向核心网设备发送包含修改承载指示的第一切换请求消息。  The transmitter 1402, after the processor 1403 determines to perform the network handover according to the service information received by the receiver 1401, sends a first handover request message including the modified bearer indication to the core network device.
接收器 1401 , 还用于接收核心网设备发送的包含无线承载信息的切换消 息。 其中, 无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息, 或者, 源侧已使用 的无线承载信息和新无线承载信息。 The receiver 1401 is further configured to receive a handover message that is sent by the core network device and includes radio bearer information. The radio bearer information is radio bearer information that has been used on the source side, or radio bearer information and new radio bearer information that have been used on the source side.
发射器 1402, 还用于在接收器 1401接收到切换消息后, 向用户设备 UE 发送包含无线承载信息的切换命令, 以使 UE进行网络切换。  The transmitter 1402 is further configured to: after the receiver 1401 receives the handover message, send a handover command including the radio bearer information to the user equipment UE, so that the UE performs network handover.
可选的, 当无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息和新无线承载信 息时,  Optionally, when the radio bearer information is the radio bearer information and the new radio bearer information that are used by the source side,
切换消息还包括非接入层 NAS信息;  The handover message also includes non-access stratum NAS information;
切换命令还包括 NAS信息;  The switching command also includes NAS information;
其中, NAS信息包含承载参数和 /或会话管理参数。  The NAS information includes bearer parameters and/or session management parameters.
本实施例提供给的源侧网元节点, 可以用于执行本发明承载处理方法实 施例一的技术方案, 实现了进行网络切换的同时, 对业务承载进行修改, 提 高了业务处理速度, 保证了业务的服务质量。  The source side network element node provided in this embodiment can be used to perform the technical solution of the first embodiment of the bearer processing method of the present invention, and implements network switching, and the service bearer is modified, thereby improving the service processing speed and ensuring the speed. The quality of service of the business.
图 15 为本发明实施例的一种目标侧网元节点结构示意图, 需要说明的 是,当 GERAN或者 UTRAN向 LTE进行切换时,该目标侧网元节点可以 eNB; 当 LTE向 GERAN或者 UTRAN进行切换时,该源目标侧网元节点可以为 BSC 或者 RNC。 如图 15所示, 目标侧网元节点包括: 接收器 1501、 处理器 1502 和发射器 1503 , 具体如下所述。  FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a target side network element node according to an embodiment of the present invention. It should be noted that when GERAN or UTRAN performs handover to LTE, the target side network element node may be an eNB; when LTE switches to GERAN or UTRAN The source target side network element node may be a BSC or an RNC. As shown in FIG. 15, the target side network element node includes: a receiver 1501, a processor 1502, and a transmitter 1503, as described below.
接收器 1501 , 用于接收核心网设备发送的包含承载信息的第二切换请求 消息, 承载信息为源侧已使用的承载信息。  The receiver 1501 is configured to receive, by the core network device, a second handover request message that includes the bearer information, where the bearer information is bearer information that is used by the source side.
处理器 1502, 用于对接收器 1501接收的第二切换请求消息中的承载信 息进行无线资源适配, 获得无线承载信息;  The processor 1502 is configured to perform radio resource adaptation on the bearer information in the second handover request message received by the receiver 1501 to obtain radio bearer information.
发射器 1503 , 用于向核心网设备发送包含处理器 1502获得的无线承载 信息的切换响应消息, 触发核心网设备向源侧网元节点发送包含无线承载信 息的切换消息;  The transmitter 1503 is configured to send, to the core network device, a handover response message that includes the radio bearer information obtained by the processor 1502, and trigger the core network device to send, to the source side network element node, a handover message that includes the radio bearer information.
接收器 1501 , 还用于接收用户设备 UE发送的切换完成消息;  The receiver 1501 is further configured to receive a handover complete message sent by the user equipment UE.
发射器 1503 , 还用于在接收器 1501接收到 UE发送的切换完成消息后, 向核心网设备发送切换完成通知消息;  The transmitter 1503 is further configured to: after the receiver 1501 receives the handover complete message sent by the UE, send a handover complete notification message to the core network device;
接收器 1501 , 还用于接收核心网设备发送的包含新承载信息和非接入层 NAS信息的承载修改消息, NAS信息包含承载参数和 /或会话管理参数; 处理器 1502, 还用于对接收器 1501接收的新承载信息进行无线资源适 配, 获得新无线承载信息; The receiver 1501 is further configured to receive, by the core network device, a bearer modification message that includes new bearer information and non-access stratum NAS information, where the NAS information includes bearer parameters and/or session management parameters, and the processor 1502 is further configured to receive The new bearer information received by the device 1501 is suitable for wireless resources. Match, obtain new radio bearer information;
发射器 1503 ,还用于向 UE发送包含处理器 1502获得的新无线承载信息 和 NAS信息的资源重置消息;  The transmitter 1503 is further configured to send, to the UE, a resource reset message that includes the new radio bearer information and the NAS information obtained by the processor 1502.
接收器 1501 , 还用于接收 UE发送的资源重置响应消息;  The receiver 1501 is further configured to receive a resource reset response message sent by the UE.
发射器 1503 , 还用于在接收器 1501接收到资源重置响应消息之后, 向 核心网设备发送修改承载通知消息, 以使核心网设备修改新承载信息。  The transmitter 1503 is further configured to send a modify bearer notification message to the core network device after the receiver 1501 receives the resource reset response message, so that the core network device modifies the new bearer information.
本实施例提供的目标侧网元节点, 可以用于执行本发明承载处理方法实 施例一的技术方案, 其实现原理和技术效果类似, 此处不再赘述。  The target side network element node provided in this embodiment may be used to implement the technical solution of the first embodiment of the present invention. The implementation principle and the technical effect are similar, and details are not described herein again.
图 16为本发明实施例的一种核心网设备结构示意图, 如图 16所示, 包 括: 发射器 1601、 接收器 1602和处理器 1603 , 具体如下所述。  FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 16, the method includes: a transmitter 1601, a receiver 1602, and a processor 1603, which are specifically described below.
发射器 1601 , 用于向源侧网元节点发送包含业务信息的修改承载请求消 息。  The transmitter 1601 is configured to send, to the source side network element node, a modified bearer request message that includes service information.
接收器 1602, 用于接收源侧网元节点发送的包含修改承载指示的第一切 换请求消息。  The receiver 1602 is configured to receive a first switching request message that is sent by the source network element node and includes a modified bearer indication.
发射器 1601 , 还用于向目标侧网元节点发送包含承载信息的第二切换请 求消息, 承载信息为源侧已使用的承载信息。  The transmitter 1601 is further configured to send, to the target side network element node, a second handover request message that includes the bearer information, where the bearer information is bearer information that has been used by the source side.
接收器 1602, 还用于接收目标侧网元节点发送的包含无线承载信息的切 换响应消息。  The receiver 1602 is further configured to receive a handover response message that is sent by the target side network element node and includes radio bearer information.
发射器 1601 , 还用于向源侧网元节点发送包含接收器 1602接收的无线 承载信息的切换消息, 触发源侧网元节点向用户设备 UE发送包含无线承载 信息的切换命令。  The transmitter 1601 is further configured to send, to the source network element node, a handover message that includes the radio bearer information received by the receiver 1602, and trigger the source side network element node to send a handover command including the radio bearer information to the user equipment UE.
接收器 1602, 还用于接收目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息。 发射器 1601 , 还用于向目标侧网元节点发送包含新承载信息和非接入层 NAS信息的承载修改消息, 以使目标侧网元节点对新承载信息进行无线资源 适配, NAS信息包含承载参数和 /或会话管理参数;  The receiver 1602 is further configured to receive a handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node. The transmitter 1601 is further configured to send, to the target side network element node, a bearer modification message that includes the new bearer information and the non-access stratum NAS information, so that the target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the new bearer information, and the NAS information includes Carrying parameters and/or session management parameters;
接收器 1602, 还用于接收目标侧网元节点发送的修改承载通知消息; 处理器 1603 , 用于进行承载修改。  The receiver 1602 is further configured to receive a modify bearer notification message sent by the target side network element node, where the processor 1603 is configured to perform bearer modification.
其中, 业务信息包括: 业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带宽信息和速率 信息中的至少一种信息。  The service information includes: at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information.
其中, 处理器 1603具体用于: 对新承载信息进行修改; 或者, The processor 1603 is specifically configured to: Modify the new bearer information; or,
对源侧已使用的承载信息和新承载信息统一进行修改。  The bearer information and the new bearer information that have been used on the source side are uniformly modified.
可选的, 当接收器 1102具体用于对新承载信息进行修改时,接收器 1602 还用于:  Optionally, when the receiver 1102 is specifically configured to modify the new bearer information, the receiver 1602 is further configured to:
在接收目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息之后, 对源侧已使用的 承载信息进行修改。  After receiving the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, the bearer information used by the source side is modified.
进一步的, 接收器 1602还用于:  Further, the receiver 1602 is further configured to:
根据第一切换请求消息中的修改承载指示, 挂起源侧已使用的承载信息 和 /或新承载信息, 等待修改。  According to the modified bearer indication in the first handover request message, the bearer information and/or the new bearer information used by the originating side are suspended, and the modification is awaited.
需要说明的是, 在上述切换网络并且修改承载的过程中, 对于核心网设 备内部,可能会出现核心网设备 MME需要对核心网设备 SGW进行重定位的 情况。 于是, 在接收器 1602接收源侧网元节点发送的包含修改承载指示的切 换响应消息之后,核心网设备中的 MME向核心网设备中的目标 SGW发送创 建会话请求消息, 以建立新的承载通道。 该目标 SGW, 用于向 MME发送创 建会话响应消息进行应答。 在 UE完成网络切换并且核心网设备对承载信息 进行修改之后, 由 MME再向核心网设备中的 SGSN发送切换完成通知, 以 使 SGSN在核心网设备内部互相通知修改承载信息之后, MME向源 SGW发 送删除承载消息, 以通知核心网设备中的源 SGW释放承载信息。  It should be noted that, in the process of switching the network and modifying the bearer, for the core network device, the core network device MME needs to relocate the core network device SGW. Then, after the receiver 1602 receives the handover response message including the modified bearer indication sent by the source network element node, the MME in the core network device sends a create session request message to the target SGW in the core network device to establish a new bearer channel. . The target SGW is configured to send a create session response message to the MME to respond. After the UE completes the network handover and the core network device modifies the bearer information, the MME sends a handover completion notification to the SGSN in the core network device, so that the SGSN notifies the core bearer to modify the bearer information, and the MME sends the source SGW to the source SGW. The delete bearer message is sent to notify the source SGW in the core network device to release the bearer information.
本实施例提供的核心网设备, 可以用于执行本发明承载处理方法实施例 一的技术方案, 实现了进行网络切换的同时, 对业务承载进行修改, 提高了 业务处理速度, 保证了业务的服务质量。  The core network device provided in this embodiment can be used to implement the technical solution of the first embodiment of the bearer processing method of the present invention, which implements network switching, and modifies the service bearer, improves the service processing speed, and ensures the service of the service. quality.
图 17为本发明实施例的另一种目标侧网元节点结构示意图, 如图 17所 示, 包括: 接收器 1701、 处理器 1702和发射器 1703。  FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of another target side network element node according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 17, the method includes: a receiver 1701, a processor 1702, and a transmitter 1703.
接收器 1701 , 用于接收核心网设备发送的包含承载信息的第二切换请求 消息, 承载信息为源侧已使用的承载信息和新承载信息;  The receiver 1701 is configured to receive, by the core network device, a second handover request message that includes the bearer information, where the bearer information is used by the source side and the new bearer information.
处理器 1702, 用于对接收器 1701接收的第二切换请求消息中的承载信 息进行无线资源适配, 获得无线承载信息;  The processor 1702 is configured to perform radio resource adaptation on the bearer information in the second handover request message received by the receiver 1701 to obtain radio bearer information.
发射器 1703 , 用于向核心网设备发送包含处理器 1702获得的无线承载 信息的切换响应消息, 触发核心网设备向源侧网元节点发送包含无线承载信 息的切换消息; 接收器 1701 , 还用于接收用户设备 UE发送的切换完成消息; 发射器 1703 , 还用于在接收器 1701接收到 UE发送的切换完成消息后, 向核心网设备发送切换完成通知消息。 The transmitter 1703 is configured to send, to the core network device, a handover response message that includes the radio bearer information obtained by the processor 1702, and trigger the core network device to send, to the source side network element node, a handover message that includes radio bearer information. The receiver 1701 is further configured to receive a handover complete message sent by the user equipment UE. The transmitter 1703 is further configured to: after the receiver 1701 receives the handover complete message sent by the UE, send the handover complete notification message to the core network device.
其中, 处理器 1702具体用于:  The processor 1702 is specifically configured to:
对接收模块接收的第二切换请求消息中的源侧已使用的承载信息和新承 载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得无线承载信息, 无线承载信息为源侧已使用 的无线承载信息和新无线承载信息。  And performing radio resource adaptation on the bearer information and the new bearer information used by the source side in the second handover request message received by the receiving module, to obtain radio bearer information, where the radio bearer information is the radio bearer information used by the source side and the new radio bearer. information.
其中, 第二切换请求消息还包含非接入层 NAS信息;  The second handover request message further includes non-access stratum NAS information;
切换响应消息还包含 NAS信息;  The handover response message also includes NAS information;
NAS信息包含承载参数和 /或会话管理参数。  The NAS information contains bearer parameters and/or session management parameters.
可选的, 当第二切换请求消息还包含非接入层 NAS信息时,处理器 1702 具体用于:  Optionally, when the second handover request message further includes non-access stratum NAS information, the processor 1702 is specifically configured to:
根据接收器 1701接收的第二切换请求消息,对源侧已使用的承载信息进 行无线资源适配, 获得无线承载信息, 无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承 载信息; 保存新承载信息和 NAS信息; 或者,  And performing radio resource adaptation on the bearer information used by the source side according to the second handover request message received by the receiver 1701 to obtain radio bearer information, where the radio bearer information is used by the source side; and storing the new bearer information and the NAS Information; or,
对源侧已使用的承载信息和新承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得无线承 载信息和新无线承载信息, 无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息; 保 存新无线承载信息和 NAS信息。  Radio resource adaptation is performed on the bearer information and the new bearer information used on the source side, and the wireless bearer information and the new radio bearer information are obtained. The radio bearer information is the radio bearer information used by the source side; the new radio bearer information and the NAS information are saved.
进一步的, 处理器 1702, 还用于在发射器 1703向核心网设备发送切换 完成通知消息之后, 对已保存的新承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得新无线 承载信息, 并获取 NAS信息; 或者, 当保存新无线承载信息和 NAS信息时, 在发送模块向核心网设备发送切换完成通知消息之后, 获取新无线承载信息 和 NAS信息;  Further, the processor 1702 is further configured to: after the transmitter 1703 sends the handover complete notification message to the core network device, perform radio resource adaptation on the saved new bearer information, obtain new radio bearer information, and obtain NAS information; or After saving the new radio bearer information and the NAS information, after the sending module sends the handover completion notification message to the core network device, acquiring new radio bearer information and NAS information;
发射器 1703 ,还用于在处理器 1702获得新无线承载信息之后, 向 UE发 送包含新无线承载信息和 NAS信息的资源重置消息;  The transmitter 1703 is further configured to send, after the processor 1702 obtains new radio bearer information, a resource reset message that includes new radio bearer information and NAS information to the UE;
接收器 1701 ,还用于在发射器 1703发送资源重置消息之后,接收 UE发 送的资源重置响应消息;  The receiver 1701 is further configured to: after the transmitter 1703 sends the resource reset message, receive a resource reset response message sent by the UE;
发射器 1703 , 还用于在接收器 1701接收到资源重置响应消息之后, 向 核心网设备发送修改承载通知消息, 以使核心网设备修改新承载信息。  The transmitter 1703 is further configured to send a modify bearer notification message to the core network device after the receiver 1701 receives the resource reset response message, so that the core network device modifies the new bearer information.
本实施例提供的目标侧网元节点, 可以用于执行本发明承载处理方法实 施例二的技术方案, 实现了进行网络切换的同时, 对业务承载进行修改, 提 高了业务处理速度, 保证了业务的服务质量。 The target side network element node provided in this embodiment may be used to implement the bearer processing method of the present invention. The technical solution of the second embodiment realizes the network switching, and the service bearer is modified, the service processing speed is improved, and the service quality of the service is ensured.
图 18为本发明实施例的另一种核心网设备结构示意图, 如图 18所示, 包括: 发射器 1801、 接收器 1802和处理器 1803。  FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of another core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 18, the method includes: a transmitter 1801, a receiver 1802, and a processor 1803.
发射器 1801 , 用于向源侧网元节点发送包含业务信息的修改承载请求消 息。  The transmitter 1801 is configured to send, to the source side network element node, a modified bearer request message that includes service information.
接收器 1802, 用于接收源侧网元节点发送的包含修改承载指示的第一切 换请求消息。  The receiver 1802 is configured to receive a first switching request message that is sent by the source side network element node and includes a modified bearer indication.
发射器 1801 , 还用于向目标侧网元节点发送包含承载信息的第二切换请 求消息, 承载信息为源侧已使用的承载信息和新承载信息。  The transmitter 1801 is further configured to send, to the target side network element node, a second handover request message that includes the bearer information, where the bearer information is used by the source side and the new bearer information.
接收器 1802, 还用于接收目标侧网元节点发送的包含无线承载信息的切 换响应消息。  The receiver 1802 is further configured to receive a handover response message that is sent by the target side network element node and includes radio bearer information.
发射器 1801 , 还用于向源侧网元节点发送包含接收器 1802接收的无线 承载信息的切换消息, 触发源侧网元节点向用户设备 UE发送包含无线承载 信息的切换命令。  The transmitter 1801 is further configured to send, to the source network element node, a handover message that includes the radio bearer information received by the receiver 1802, and trigger the source side network element node to send a handover command including the radio bearer information to the user equipment UE.
接收器 1802, 还用于接收目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息。 处理器 1803 , 用于进行承载修改。  The receiver 1802 is further configured to receive a handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node. The processor 1803 is configured to perform bearer modification.
其中, 业务信息包括: 业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带宽信息和速率 信息中的至少一种信息。  The service information includes: at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information, and rate information.
其中, 处理器 1803具体用于:  The processor 1803 is specifically configured to:
对新承载信息进行修改; 或者,  Modify the new bearer information; or,
对源侧已使用的承载信息和新承载信息统一进行修改。  The bearer information and the new bearer information that have been used on the source side are uniformly modified.
可选的, 当处理器 1803具体用于对新承载信息进行修改时,处理器 1803 还用于:  Optionally, when the processor 1803 is specifically configured to modify the new bearer information, the processor 1803 is further configured to:
在接收目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息之后, 对源侧已使用的 承载信息进行修改。  After receiving the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, the bearer information used by the source side is modified.
可选的, 接收器 1802还用于:  Optionally, the receiver 1802 is further configured to:
根据第一切换请求消息中的修改承载指示, 挂起源侧已使用的承载信息 和 /或新承载信息, 等待修改。  According to the modified bearer indication in the first handover request message, the bearer information and/or the new bearer information used by the originating side are suspended, and the modification is awaited.
需要说明的是, 在上述切换网络并且修改承载的过程中, 对于核心网设 备内部,可能会出现核心网设备 MME需要对核心网设备 SGW进行重定位的 情况。 于是, 在接收器 1802接收源侧网元节点发送的包含修改承载指示的切 换响应消息之后,核心网设备中的 MME向核心网设备中的目标 SGW发送创 建会话请求消息, 以建立新的承载通道。 该目标 SGW, 用于向 MME发送创 建会话响应消息进行应答。 在 UE完成网络切换并且核心网设备对承载信息 进行修改之后, 由 MME再向核心网设备中的 SGSN发送切换完成通知, 以 使 SGSN在核心网设备内部互相通知修改承载信息之后, MME向源 SGW发 送删除承载消息, 以通知核心网设备中的源 SGW释放承载信息。 It should be noted that, in the process of switching the network and modifying the bearer, the core network is set. The internal network device MME may need to relocate the core network device SGW. Then, after the receiver 1802 receives the handover response message sent by the source network element node and includes the modified bearer indication, the MME in the core network device sends a create session request message to the target SGW in the core network device to establish a new bearer channel. . The target SGW is configured to send a create session response message to the MME to respond. After the UE completes the network handover and the core network device modifies the bearer information, the MME sends a handover completion notification to the SGSN in the core network device, so that the SGSN notifies the core bearer to modify the bearer information, and the MME sends the source SGW to the source SGW. The delete bearer message is sent to notify the source SGW in the core network device to release the bearer information.
本实施例提供给的承载处理方法, 通过源侧网元节点接收核心网设备发 送的包含业务信息的修改承载请求消息, 再由源侧网元节点根据业务信息决 定需要进行网络切换, 最后由源侧网元节点向核心网设备发送包含修改承载 指示的切换响应消息, 实现了进行网络切换的同时, 对业务承载进行修改, 提高了业务处理速度, 保证了业务的服务质量。  In the bearer processing method provided by the embodiment, the source side network element node receives the modified bearer request message that is sent by the core network device and includes the service information, and then the source side network element node determines that the network switch needs to be performed according to the service information, and finally the source The side network element node sends a handover response message including the modified bearer indication to the core network device, which implements the network handover and modifies the service bearer, improves the service processing speed, and ensures the service quality of the service.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解: 实现上述方法实施例的全部或部分步骤 可以通过程序指令相关的硬件来完成, 前述的程序可以存储于一计算机可读 取存储介质中, 该程序在执行时, 执行包括上述方法实施例的步骤; 而前述 的存储介质包括: ROM, RAM, 磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介 质。  A person skilled in the art can understand that all or part of the steps of implementing the above method embodiments may be completed by using hardware related to program instructions, and the foregoing program may be stored in a computer readable storage medium, and the program is executed when executed. The method includes the steps of the foregoing method embodiments; and the foregoing storage medium includes: a medium that can store program codes, such as a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
最后应说明的是: 以上各实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案, 而非对 其限制; 尽管参照前述各实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明, 本领域的普通 技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改, 或者对其中部分或者全部技术特征进行等同替换; 而这些修改或者替换, 并 不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本发明各实施例技术方案的范围。  Finally, it should be noted that the above embodiments are only for explaining the technical solutions of the present invention, and are not intended to be limiting thereof; although the present invention has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those skilled in the art will understand that The technical solutions described in the foregoing embodiments may be modified, or some or all of the technical features may be equivalently replaced; and the modifications or substitutions do not deviate from the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention. range.

Claims

权 利 要 求 书 claims
1、 一种承载处理方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 1. A load-bearing processing method, characterized by including:
源侧网元节点接收核心网设备发送的包含业务信息的修改承载请求 消息; The source side network element node receives the modification bearer request message containing service information sent by the core network device;
当所述源侧网元节点根据所述业务信息决定进行网络切换时, 向所述 核心网设备发送包含修改承载指示的第一切换请求消息; When the source-side network element node decides to perform network switching based on the service information, send a first switching request message containing a bearer modification indication to the core network device;
所述源侧网元节点接收所述核心网设备发送的包含无线承载信息的 切换消息; The source side network element node receives a handover message containing radio bearer information sent by the core network device;
所述源侧网元节点向用户设备 UE发送包含所述无线承载信息的切换 命令, 以使所述 UE进行网络切换。 The source side network element node sends a switching command including the radio bearer information to the user equipment UE, so that the UE performs network switching.
2、 根据权利要求 1 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述无线承载信息为 源侧已使用的无线承载信息, 或者, 源侧已使用的无线承载信息和新无线 承载信息。 2. The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the radio bearer information is radio bearer information used by the source side, or radio bearer information used by the source side and new radio bearer information.
3、 根据权利要求 2所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当所述无线承载信息 为源侧已使用的无线承载信息和新无线承载信息时, 3. The method according to claim 2, characterized in that when the radio bearer information is the radio bearer information used by the source side and the new radio bearer information,
所述切换消息还包括非接入层 NAS信息; The handover message also includes non-access layer NAS information;
所述切换命令还包括所述 NAS信息; The switching command also includes the NAS information;
其中, 所述 NAS信息包含承载参数和 /或会话管理参数。 The NAS information includes bearer parameters and/or session management parameters.
4、 根据权利要求 1-3任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述业务信息 包括业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带宽信息和速率信息中的至少一种信 息。 4. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that the service information includes at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information and rate information.
5、 一种承载处理方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 5. A load-bearing processing method, characterized by including:
目标侧网元节点接收核心网设备发送的包含承载信息的第二切换请 求消息, 所述承载信息为源侧已使用的承载信息; The target side network element node receives the second handover request message containing bearer information sent by the core network device, where the bearer information is the bearer information used by the source side;
所述目标侧网元节点对所述承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得无线承 载信息; The target side network element node performs wireless resource adaptation on the bearer information to obtain wireless bearer information;
所述目标侧网元节点接收所述核心网设备发送的包含新承载信息和 非接入层 NAS信息的承载修改消息, 并对所述新承载信息进行无线资源 适配, 获得新无线承载信息, 所述 NAS信息包含承载参数和 /或会话管理 参数; 所述目标侧网元节点向所述 UE发送包含所述新无线承载信息和所述 NAS信息的资源重置消息; The target side network element node receives the bearer modification message containing new bearer information and non-access layer NAS information sent by the core network device, and performs radio resource adaptation on the new bearer information to obtain new radio bearer information, The NAS information includes bearer parameters and/or session management parameters; The target side network element node sends a resource reset message including the new radio bearer information and the NAS information to the UE;
所述目标侧网元节点接收所述 UE发送的资源重置响应消息; 所述目标侧网元节点向所述核心网设备发送修改承载通知消息, 以使 所述核心网设备修改所述新承载信息。 The target side network element node receives the resource reset response message sent by the UE; the target side network element node sends a modification bearer notification message to the core network device, so that the core network device modifies the new bearer information.
6、 一种承载处理方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 6. A load-bearing processing method, characterized by including:
核心网设备向源侧网元节点发送包含业务信息的修改承载请求消息; 所述核心网设备接收所述源侧网元节点发送的包含修改承载指示的 第一切换请求消息; The core network device sends a bearer modification request message containing service information to the source-side network element node; the core network device receives the first handover request message containing a bearer modification indication sent by the source-side network element node;
所述核心网设备接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息; 所述核心网设备向所述目标侧网元节点发送包含新承载信息和非接 入层 NAS信息的承载修改消息, 以使所述目标侧网元节点对所述新承载 信息进行无线资源适配,所述 NAS信息包含承载参数和 /或会话管理参数; 所述核心网设备接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的修改承载通知消息, 进行承载修改。 The core network device receives the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node; the core network device sends a bearer modification message including new bearer information and non-access layer NAS information to the target side network element node, So that the target side network element node performs wireless resource adaptation to the new bearer information, where the NAS information includes bearer parameters and/or session management parameters; the core network device receives the information sent by the target side network element node. Modify the bearer notification message to modify the bearer.
7、 根据权利要求 6所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述进行承载修改包 括: 7. The method according to claim 6, wherein the carrying modification includes:
对所述新承载信息进行修改; 或者, Modify the new bearer information; or,
对所述源侧已使用的承载信息和所述新承载信息统一进行修改。 The used bearer information and the new bearer information on the source side are modified uniformly.
8、 根据权利要求 7 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当所述进行承载修改 包括对所述新承载信息进行修改时, 在所述核心网设备接收所述目标侧网 元节点发送的切换完成通知消息之后, 还包括: 8. The method according to claim 7, wherein when the bearer modification includes modifying the new bearer information, the core network device receives the handover completion message sent by the target side network element node. After the notification message, it also includes:
所述核心网设备对所述源侧已使用的承载信息进行修改。 The core network device modifies the bearer information used by the source side.
9、 根据权利要求 6-8任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述核心网设 备接收所述源侧网元节点发送的包含修改承载指示的第一切换请求消息 之后, 还包括: 9. The method according to any one of claims 6 to 8, characterized in that, after the core network device receives the first handover request message containing the bearer modification indication sent by the source-side network element node, it further includes:
所述核心网设备根据所述修改承载指示, 挂起所述源侧已使用的承载 信息和 /或所述新承载信息, 等待修改。 The core network device suspends the used bearer information and/or the new bearer information on the source side according to the bearer modification indication, and waits for modification.
10、 根据权利要求 6-9任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当所述核心 网设备包括第一网元节点、第二网元节点、源服务器网关 SGW和目标 SGW 时, 10. The method according to any one of claims 6 to 9, characterized in that when the core network device includes a first network element node, a second network element node, a source server gateway SGW and a target SGW hour,
所述第一网元节点接收所述源侧网元节点发送的第一切换请求消息; 所述第二网元节点向所述目标侧网元节点发送包含承载信息的第二 切换请求消息; The first network element node receives the first handover request message sent by the source-side network element node; the second network element node sends a second handover request message containing bearer information to the target-side network element node;
所述第二网元节点接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消 息。 The second network element node receives the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node.
11、 根据权利要求 10所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述第二网元节 点向所述目标侧网元节点发送包含承载信息的第二切换请求消息之前, 还 包括: 11. The method according to claim 10, characterized in that, before the second network element node sends the second handover request message containing bearer information to the target side network element node, it further includes:
所述核心网设备中的第二网元节点向所述核心网设备中的目标服务 器网关 SGW发送创建会话请求消息, 以建立新的承载通道; The second network element node in the core network device sends a create session request message to the target server gateway SGW in the core network device to establish a new bearer channel;
所述目标 SGW 向所述第二网元节点发送创建会话响应消息进行应 答。 The target SGW sends a create session response message to the second network element node to respond.
12、 根据权利要求 10或 11所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述第二网 元节点接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息之后, 还包括: 所述第二网元节点向所述第一网元节点发送所述切换完成通知消息, 以使所述第一网元节点在修改所述承载信息之后通知所述核心网设备中 的源 SGW释放所述承载信息。 12. The method according to claim 10 or 11, characterized in that, after the second network element node receives the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, it further includes: the second network element The node sends the handover completion notification message to the first network element node, so that the first network element node notifies the source SGW in the core network device to release the bearer information after modifying the bearer information.
13、 根据权利要求 6-12任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述业务信 息包括: 业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带宽信息和速率信息中的至少一 种信息。 13. The method according to any one of claims 6 to 12, characterized in that the service information includes: at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information and rate information.
14、 一种承载处理方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 14. A load-bearing processing method, characterized by including:
目标侧网元节点接收核心网设备发送的包含承载信息的第二切换请 求消息, 所述承载信息为源侧已使用的承载信息和新承载信息; The target side network element node receives the second handover request message containing bearer information sent by the core network device, where the bearer information is the used bearer information and new bearer information on the source side;
所述目标侧网元节点对所述承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得无线承 载信息; The target side network element node performs wireless resource adaptation on the bearer information to obtain wireless bearer information;
所述目标侧网元节点向所述核心网设备发送包含所述无线承载信息 的切换响应消息, 触发所述核心网设备向源侧网元节点发送包含所述无线 承载信息的切换消息; The target side network element node sends a handover response message containing the radio bearer information to the core network device, triggering the core network device to send a handover message containing the radio bearer information to the source side network element node;
所述目标侧网元节点接收用户设备 UE发送的切换完成消息, 并向所 述核心网设备发送切换完成通知消息。 The target side network element node receives the handover completion message sent by the user equipment UE, and sends the The core network device sends a handover completion notification message.
15、 根据权利要求 14所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述目标侧网元节 点对所述承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得无线承载信息, 包括: 15. The method according to claim 14, characterized in that the target side network element node performs wireless resource adaptation on the bearer information to obtain the wireless bearer information, including:
所述目标侧网元节点对所述源侧已使用的承载信息和所述新承载信 息进行无线资源适配, 获得所述无线承载信息, 所述无线承载信息为源侧 已使用的无线承载信息和新无线承载信息。 The target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the source side used bearer information and the new bearer information to obtain the radio bearer information, where the radio bearer information is the source side used radio bearer information. and new radio bearer information.
16、 根据权利要求 15所述的方法, 其特征在于, 16. The method according to claim 15, characterized in that,
所述第二切换请求消息还包含非接入层 NAS信息; The second handover request message also includes non-access stratum NAS information;
所述切换响应消息还包含所述 NAS信息; The handover response message also includes the NAS information;
其中, 所述 NAS信息包含承载参数和 /或会话管理参数。 The NAS information includes bearer parameters and/or session management parameters.
17、 根据权利要求 14所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当所述第二切换请 求消息还包含非接入层 NAS信息时, 所述目标侧网元节点对所述承载信 息进行无线资源适配, 获得无线承载信息, 包括: 17. The method according to claim 14, wherein when the second handover request message also contains non-access stratum NAS information, the target side network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the bearer information. , obtain wireless bearer information, including:
所述目标侧网元节点对所述源侧已使用的承载信息进行无线资源适 配, 获得所述无线承载信息, 所述无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载 信息; 保存所述新承载信息和所述 NAS信息; 或者, The target side network element node performs wireless resource adaptation on the bearer information used by the source side, and obtains the wireless bearer information. The wireless bearer information is the wireless bearer information used by the source side; and saves the new bearer. information and the NAS information; or,
所述目标侧网元节点对所述源侧已使用的承载信息和新承载信息进 行无线资源适配, 获得所述无线承载信息和新无线承载信息, 所述无线承 载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息; 保存所述新无线承载信息和所述 NAS信息。 The target side network element node performs wireless resource adaptation on the source side used bearer information and new bearer information, and obtains the radio bearer information and new radio bearer information. The radio bearer information is the source side used bearer information. Radio bearer information; save the new radio bearer information and the NAS information.
18、 根据权利要求 17 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述目标侧网元 节点向所述核心网设备发送切换完成通知消息之后, 还包括: 18. The method according to claim 17, characterized in that, after the target side network element node sends a handover completion notification message to the core network device, it further includes:
当保存所述新承载信息和所述 NAS信息时, 所述目标侧网元节点对 保存的所述新承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得新无线承载信息, 并获取 所述 NAS信息; 或者, 当保存所述新无线承载信息和所述 NAS信息时, 获取所述新无线承载信息和所述 NAS信息; When saving the new bearer information and the NAS information, the target network element node performs radio resource adaptation on the saved new bearer information, obtains the new radio bearer information, and obtains the NAS information; or, When saving the new radio bearer information and the NAS information, obtain the new radio bearer information and the NAS information;
所述目标侧网元节点向所述 UE发送包含所述新无线承载信息和所述 NAS信息的资源重置消息; The target side network element node sends a resource reset message including the new radio bearer information and the NAS information to the UE;
所述目标侧网元节点接收所述 UE发送的资源重置响应消息; 所述目标侧网元节点向所述核心网设备发送修改承载通知消息, 以使 所述核心网设备修改所述新承载信息。 The target side network element node receives the resource reset response message sent by the UE; the target side network element node sends a modification bearer notification message to the core network device, so that The core network device modifies the new bearer information.
19、 一种承载处理方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 19. A load-bearing processing method, characterized by including:
核心网设备向源侧网元节点发送包含业务信息的修改承载请求消息; 所述核心网设备接收所述源侧网元节点发送的包含修改承载指示的 第一切换请求消息; The core network device sends a bearer modification request message containing service information to the source-side network element node; the core network device receives the first handover request message containing a bearer modification indication sent by the source-side network element node;
所述核心网设备向目标侧网元节点发送包含承载信息的第二切换请 求消息, 所述承载信息为源侧已使用的承载信息和新承载信息; The core network device sends a second handover request message containing bearer information to the target side network element node, where the bearer information is the used bearer information and new bearer information on the source side;
所述核心网设备接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的包含无线承载信息 的切换响应消息; The core network device receives a handover response message containing radio bearer information sent by the target side network element node;
所述核心网设备向所述源侧网元节点发送包含所述无线承载信息的 切换消息, 触发所述源侧网元节点向用户设备 UE发送包含所述无线承载 信息的切换命令; The core network device sends a switching message containing the radio bearer information to the source-side network element node, triggering the source-side network element node to send a switching command containing the radio bearer information to the user equipment UE;
所述核心网设备接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息, 进行承载修改。 The core network device receives the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node and performs bearer modification.
20、 根据权利要求 19所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述核心网设备接 收所述源侧网元节点发送的包含修改承载指示的第一切换请求消息之后, 还包括: 20. The method according to claim 19, wherein after the core network device receives the first handover request message containing the bearer modification indication sent by the source-side network element node, it further includes:
所述核心网设备根据所述修改承载指示, 挂起所述源侧已使用的承载 信息和 /或所述新承载信息, 等待修改。 The core network device suspends the used bearer information and/or the new bearer information on the source side according to the bearer modification indication, and waits for modification.
21、 根据权利要求 19或 20所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二切换 请求消息还包括: 非接入层 NAS信息, 所述 NAS信息包含承载参数和 / 或会话管理参数。 21. The method according to claim 19 or 20, wherein the second handover request message further includes: non-access layer NAS information, and the NAS information includes bearer parameters and/or session management parameters.
22、 根据权利要求 19或 20所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当所述切换响 应消息中的所述无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息和新无线承 载信息, 且所述切换响应消息不包括 NAS信息时, 在所述核心网设备向 所述源侧网元节点发送包含所述无线承载信息的切换消息之前还包括: 所述核心网设备将所述 NAS信息填加到所述切换消息内。 22. The method according to claim 19 or 20, characterized in that when the radio bearer information in the handover response message is the radio bearer information used by the source side and the new radio bearer information, and the handover response When the message does not include NAS information, before the core network device sends the handover message containing the radio bearer information to the source-side network element node, it further includes: the core network device adds the NAS information to the Switch within the message.
23、 根据权利要求 19-22任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述核心 网设备接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息, 进行承载修 改, 包括: 当所述切换响应消息中的所述无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承 载信息和新无线承载信息时, 所述核心网设备接收所述目标侧网元节点发 送的切换完成通知消息, 修改所述源侧已使用的承载信息和所述新承载信 息; 或者, 23. The method according to any one of claims 19 to 22, characterized in that the core network device receives the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node and performs bearer modification, including: When the radio bearer information in the handover response message is the radio bearer information used by the source side and the new radio bearer information, the core network device receives the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, and modifies The bearer information used by the source side and the new bearer information; or,
当所述切换响应消息中的所述无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承 载信息时, 所述核心网设备接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知 消息, 修改所述源侧已使用的承载信息。 When the radio bearer information in the handover response message is the radio bearer information used by the source side, the core network device receives the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, and modifies the source side used radio bearer information. The bearer information used.
24、 根据权利要求 23 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当所述切换响应消 息中的所述无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息时, 在进行承载修 改之后, 还包括: 24. The method according to claim 23, wherein when the radio bearer information in the handover response message is the radio bearer information used by the source side, after the bearer modification is performed, it further includes:
所述核心网设备接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的修改承载通知消息, 修改所述新承载信息。 The core network device receives the bearer modification notification message sent by the target side network element node, and modifies the new bearer information.
25、 根据权利要求 19-24任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当所述核 心网设备包括第一网元节点、 第二网元节点、 源服务器网关 SGW和目标 SGW时, 25. The method according to any one of claims 19 to 24, characterized in that when the core network device includes a first network element node, a second network element node, a source server gateway SGW and a target SGW,
所述第一网元节点接收所述源侧网元节点发送的第一切换请求消息; 所述第二网元节点向所述目标侧网元节点发送包含承载信息的第二 切换请求消息; The first network element node receives the first handover request message sent by the source-side network element node; the second network element node sends a second handover request message containing bearer information to the target-side network element node;
所述第二网元节点接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消 息。 The second network element node receives the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node.
26、 根据权利要求 25 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述第二网元节 点向所述目标侧网元节点发送包含承载信息的第二切换请求消息之前, 还 包括: 26. The method according to claim 25, characterized in that, before the second network element node sends the second handover request message containing bearer information to the target side network element node, it further includes:
所述第二网元节点向所述核心网设备中的目标服务器网关 SGW发送 创建会话请求消息, 以建立新的承载通道; The second network element node sends a create session request message to the target server gateway SGW in the core network device to establish a new bearer channel;
所述目标 SGW 向所述第二网元节点发送创建会话响应消息进行应 答。 The target SGW sends a create session response message to the second network element node to respond.
27、 根据权利要求 25或 26所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述第二网 元节点接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息之后, 还包括: 所述第二网元节点向所述第一网元节点发送所述切换完成通知消息, 以使所述第一网元节点在进行承载修改之后通知所述源 SGW释放所述源 侧已使用的承载信息。 27. The method according to claim 25 or 26, characterized in that, after the second network element node receives the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, it further includes: the second network element The node sends the handover completion notification message to the first network element node, So that the first network element node notifies the source SGW to release the bearer information used by the source side after performing bearer modification.
28、 根据权利要求 19-27任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述业务 信息包括: 业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带宽信息和速率信息中的至少 一种信息。 28. The method according to any one of claims 19 to 27, characterized in that the service information includes: at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information and rate information.
29、 一种源侧网元节点, 其特征在于, 包括: 29. A source-side network element node, characterized by including:
接收模块, 用于接收核心网设备发送的包含业务信息的修改承载请求 消息; The receiving module is used to receive the modification bearer request message containing business information sent by the core network equipment;
发送模块, 用于当根据所述接收模块接收的业务信息决定进行网络切 换时, 向所述核心网设备发送包含修改承载指示的第一切换请求消息; 所述接收模块, 还用于接收所述核心网设备发送的包含无线承载信息 的切换消息; The sending module is configured to send a first switching request message containing a bearer modification instruction to the core network device when a network switching is decided based on the service information received by the receiving module; the receiving module is also configured to receive the Handover message containing radio bearer information sent by core network equipment;
所述发送模块, 还用于在所述接收模块接收到所述切换消息后, 向用 户设备 UE发送包含所述无线承载信息的切换命令, 以使所述 UE进行网 络切换。 The sending module is also configured to send a switching command including the radio bearer information to the user equipment UE after the receiving module receives the switching message, so that the UE performs network switching.
30、 根据权利要求 29所述的源侧网元节点, 其特征在于, 所述无线 承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息, 或者, 源侧已使用的无线承载信 息和新无线承载信息。 30. The source side network element node according to claim 29, wherein the wireless bearer information is the wireless bearer information used by the source side, or the wireless bearer information used by the source side and the new wireless bearer information.
31、 根据权利要求 30所述的源侧网元节点, 其特征在于, 当所述无 线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息和新无线承载信息时, 31. The source side network element node according to claim 30, characterized in that when the radio bearer information is the radio bearer information used by the source side and the new radio bearer information,
所述切换消息还包括非接入层 NAS信息; The handover message also includes non-access layer NAS information;
所述切换命令还包括所述 NAS信息; The switching command also includes the NAS information;
其中, 所述 NAS信息包含承载参数和 /或会话管理参数。 The NAS information includes bearer parameters and/or session management parameters.
32、根据权利要求 29-31中任一项所述的源侧网元节点,其特征在于, 所述业务信息包括业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带宽信息和速率信息中 的至少一种信息。 32. The source-side network element node according to any one of claims 29-31, characterized in that the service information includes at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information and rate information.
33、 一种目标侧网元节点, 其特征在于, 包括: 33. A target side network element node, characterized in that it includes:
接收模块, 用于接收核心网设备发送的包含承载信息的第二切换请求 消息, 所述承载信息为源侧已使用的承载信息; A receiving module, configured to receive a second handover request message containing bearer information sent by the core network device, where the bearer information is the bearer information used by the source side;
无线资源适配模块, 用于对所述接收模块接收的所述第二切换请求消 息中的承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得无线承载信息; Radio resource adaptation module, configured to respond to the second handover request received by the receiving module. Perform wireless resource adaptation based on the bearer information in the message to obtain wireless bearer information;
所述接收模块, 还用于接收所述核心网设备发送的包含新承载信息和 非接入层 NAS信息的承载修改消息,所述 NAS信息包含承载参数和 /或会 话管理参数; The receiving module is also configured to receive a bearer modification message containing new bearer information and non-access layer NAS information sent by the core network device, where the NAS information contains bearer parameters and/or session management parameters;
所述无线资源适配模块, 还用于对所述接收模块接收的所述新承载信 息进行无线资源适配, 获得新无线承载信息; 得的所述新无线承载信息和所述 NAS信息的资源重置消息; The wireless resource adaptation module is also configured to perform wireless resource adaptation on the new bearer information received by the receiving module, and obtain the new wireless bearer information; the obtained resources of the new wireless bearer information and the NAS information reset message;
所述接收模块, 还用于接收所述 UE发送的资源重置响应消息; 所述发送模块, 还用于在所述接收模块接收到所述资源重置响应消息 之后, 向所述核心网设备发送修改承载通知消息, 以使所述核心网设备修 改所述新承载信息。 The receiving module is further configured to receive a resource reset response message sent by the UE; the sending module is further configured to send a message to the core network device after the receiving module receives the resource reset response message. Send a modification bearer notification message to enable the core network device to modify the new bearer information.
34、 一种核心网设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 34. A core network equipment, characterized by: including:
第一发送模块, 用于向源侧网元节点发送包含业务信息的修改承载请 求消息; The first sending module is used to send a modification bearer request message containing service information to the source side network element node;
第一接收模块, 用于接收所述源侧网元节点发送的包含修改承载指示 的第一切换请求消息; A first receiving module, configured to receive a first handover request message containing a bearer modification indication sent by the source-side network element node;
第二接收模块, 用于接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消 息; The second receiving module is used to receive the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node;
第二发送模块, 用于向所述目标侧网元节点发送包含新承载信息和非 接入层 NAS信息的承载修改消息, 以使所述目标侧网元节点对所述新承 载信息进行无线资源适配, 所述 NAS信息包含承载参数和 /或会话管理参 数; The second sending module is configured to send a bearer modification message including new bearer information and non-access layer NAS information to the target side network element node, so that the target side network element node performs wireless resource processing on the new bearer information. Adaptation, the NAS information includes bearer parameters and/or session management parameters;
所述第二接收模块, 还用于接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的修改承载 通知消息, 进行承载修改。 The second receiving module is also configured to receive a bearer modification notification message sent by the target side network element node, and perform bearer modification.
35、 根据权利要求 34所述的核心网设备, 其特征在于, 所述第二接 收模块具体用于: 35. The core network equipment according to claim 34, characterized in that the second receiving module is specifically used for:
对所述新承载信息进行修改; 或者, Modify the new bearer information; or,
对所述源侧已使用的承载信息和所述新承载信息统一进行修改。 The used bearer information and the new bearer information on the source side are modified uniformly.
36、 根据权利要求 35 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当所述第二接收模 块具体用于对所述新承载信息进行修改时, 所述第二接收模块还用于: 在接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知消息之后, 对所述源 侧已使用的承载信息进行修改。 36. The method according to claim 35, characterized in that when the second receiving mode When the block is specifically used to modify the new bearer information, the second receiving module is also used to: after receiving the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, modify the bearer used by the source side. The information is modified.
37、 根据权利要求 34-36任一项所述的核心网设备, 其特征在于, 所 述第一接收模块还用于: 37. The core network equipment according to any one of claims 34 to 36, characterized in that the first receiving module is also used for:
根据所述第一切换请求消息中的修改承载指示, 挂起所述源侧已使用 的承载信息和 /或所述新承载信息, 等待修改。 According to the bearer modification indication in the first handover request message, the bearer information used by the source side and/or the new bearer information is suspended, waiting for modification.
38、 根据权利要求 34-37任一项所述的核心网设备, 其特征在于, 所 述核心网设备包括第一网元节点、 第二网元节点、 源服务器网关 SGW和 目标 SGW, 38. The core network device according to any one of claims 34 to 37, characterized in that the core network device includes a first network element node, a second network element node, a source server gateway SGW and a target SGW,
所述第一网元节点包括: 所述第一发送模块和所述第一接收模块; 所述第二网元节点包括: 所述第二发送模块和所述第二接收模块。 The first network element node includes: the first sending module and the first receiving module; the second network element node includes: the second sending module and the second receiving module.
39、 根据权利要求 38所述的核心网设备, 其特征在于, 39. The core network equipment according to claim 38, characterized in that,
所述第二发送模块, 还用于在向所述目标侧网元节点发送包含承载信 息的第二切换请求消息之前, 向所述目标 SGW发送创建会话请求消息, 以建立新的 7 载通道; The second sending module is also configured to send a create session request message to the target SGW before sending a second handover request message containing bearer information to the target side network element node to establish a new 7-bearer channel;
所述第二接收模块, 还用于接收所述目标 SGW发送的创建会话响应 消息。 The second receiving module is also configured to receive a create session response message sent by the target SGW.
40、 根据权利要求 38或 39所述的核心网设备, 其特征在于, 所述第二发送模块, 还用于在接收到所述切换完成通知消息之后, 向 所述第一网元节点发送所述切换完成通知消息, 以使所述第一网元节点在 修改所述承载信息之后通知所述源 SGW释放所述承载信息; 40. The core network device according to claim 38 or 39, characterized in that, the second sending module is further configured to send the switching completion notification message to the first network element node after receiving the handover completion notification message. The handover completion notification message is used to enable the first network element node to notify the source SGW to release the bearer information after modifying the bearer information;
所述第一接收模块, 还用于接收所述第二网元节点发送的切换完成通 知消息, 对所述承载信息进行修改; The first receiving module is also configured to receive the handover completion notification message sent by the second network element node, and modify the bearer information;
所述第一发送模块, 还用于在所述第一接收模块接收到所述切换完成 通知消息后, 发送消息通知所述源 SGW释放所述承载信息。 The first sending module is further configured to send a message to notify the source SGW to release the bearer information after the first receiving module receives the handover completion notification message.
41、 根据权利要求 34-40任一项所述的核心网设备, 其特征在于, 所 述业务信息包括: 业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带宽信息和速率信息中 的至少一种信息。 41. The core network device according to any one of claims 34 to 40, characterized in that the service information includes: at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information and rate information.
42、 一种承载处理系统, 其特征在于, 包括权利要求 29-32任一项所 述的源侧网元节点、 权利要求 33 所述的目标侧网元节点以及权利要求 34-41任一项所述的核心网设备。 42. A carrier processing system, characterized in that it includes any one of claims 29-32 The source-side network element node described in claim 33, the target-side network element node described in claim 33, and the core network device described in any one of claims 34-41.
43、 一种目标侧网元节点, 其特征在于, 包括: 43. A target side network element node, characterized in that it includes:
接收模块, 用于接收核心网设备发送的包含承载信息的第二切换请求 消息, 所述承载信息为源侧已使用的承载信息和新承载信息; A receiving module, configured to receive a second handover request message containing bearer information sent by the core network device, where the bearer information is the used bearer information and new bearer information on the source side;
无线资源适配模块, 用于对所述接收模块接收的第二切换请求消息中 的承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得无线承载信息; A radio resource adaptation module, configured to perform radio resource adaptation on the bearer information in the second handover request message received by the receiving module, and obtain the radio bearer information;
发送模块, 用于向所述核心网设备发送包含所述无线资源适配模块获 得的无线承载信息的切换响应消息, 触发所述核心网设备向源侧网元节点 发送包含所述无线承载信息的切换消息; A sending module, configured to send a handover response message containing the wireless bearer information obtained by the wireless resource adaptation module to the core network device, and trigger the core network device to send a handover response message containing the wireless bearer information to the source side network element node. switch message;
所述接收模块, 还用于接收用户设备 UE发送的切换完成消息; 所述发送模块, 还用于在所述接收模块接收到所述 UE发送的切换完 成消息后, 向所述核心网设备发送切换完成通知消息。 The receiving module is also configured to receive a handover completion message sent by the user equipment UE; the sending module is also configured to send the handover completion message to the core network device after the receiving module receives the handover completion message sent by the UE. Switch completion notification message.
44、 根据权利要求 43 所述的目标侧网元节点, 其特征在于, 所述无 线资源适配模块具体用于: 44. The target side network element node according to claim 43, characterized in that the wireless resource adaptation module is specifically used for:
对所述接收模块接收的第二切换请求消息中的源侧已使用的承载信 息和所述新承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得所述无线承载信息, 所述无 线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息和新无线承载信息。 Perform radio resource adaptation on the bearer information used by the source side and the new bearer information in the second handover request message received by the receiving module to obtain the radio bearer information, where the radio bearer information is used by the source side radio bearer information and new radio bearer information.
45、 根据权利要求 44所述的目标侧网元节点, 其特征在于, 所述第二切换请求消息还包含非接入层 NAS信息; 45. The target side network element node according to claim 44, characterized in that the second handover request message also contains non-access layer NAS information;
所述切换响应消息还包含所述 NAS信息; The handover response message also includes the NAS information;
其中, 所述 NAS信息包含承载参数和 /或会话管理参数。 The NAS information includes bearer parameters and/or session management parameters.
46、 根据权利要求 43 所述的目标侧网元节点, 其特征在于, 当所述 第二切换请求消息还包含非接入层 NAS信息时, 所述无线资源适配模块 具体用于: 46. The target side network element node according to claim 43, characterized in that, when the second handover request message also contains non-access layer NAS information, the radio resource adaptation module is specifically used to:
对所述源侧已使用的承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得所述无线承载 信息, 所述无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息; 保存所述新承载 信息和所述 NAS信息; 或者, Perform wireless resource adaptation on the bearer information used by the source side to obtain the wireless bearer information, where the wireless bearer information is the wireless bearer information used by the source side; save the new bearer information and the NAS information; or,
对所述源侧已使用的承载信息和所述新承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得所述无线承载信息和所述新无线承载信息, 所述无线承载信息为源侧 已使用的无线承载信息; 保存所述新无线承载信息和所述 NAS信息。 Perform radio resource adaptation on the used bearer information and the new bearer information on the source side to obtain the radio bearer information and the new radio bearer information, where the radio bearer information is the source side Used radio bearer information; save the new radio bearer information and the NAS information.
47、 根据权利要求 46所述的目标侧网元节点, 其特征在于, 所述无线资源适配模块, 还用于当保存所述新承载信息和所述 NAS 信息时, 在所述发送模块向所述核心网设备发送切换完成通知消息之后, 对已保存的所述新承载信息进行无线资源适配, 获得新无线承载信息, 并 获取所述 NAS信息; 或者, 当保存所述新无线承载信息和所述 NAS信息 时, 在所述发送模块向所述核心网设备发送切换完成通知消息之后, 获取 所述新无线承载信息和所述 NAS信息; 47. The target side network element node according to claim 46, characterized in that, the radio resource adaptation module is further configured to: when saving the new bearer information and the NAS information, send the After the core network device sends the handover completion notification message, it performs wireless resource adaptation on the saved new bearer information, obtains the new wireless bearer information, and obtains the NAS information; or, when saving the new wireless bearer information and the NAS information, after the sending module sends a switching completion notification message to the core network device, obtain the new radio bearer information and the NAS information;
所述发送模块, 还用于在所述无线资源适配模块获得所述新无线承载 信息之后,向所述 UE发送包含所述新无线承载信息和所述 NAS信息的资 源重置消息; The sending module is also configured to send a resource reset message containing the new radio bearer information and the NAS information to the UE after the radio resource adaptation module obtains the new radio bearer information;
所述接收模块, 还用于在所述发送模块发送所述资源重置消息之后, 接收所述 U E发送的资源重置响应消息; The receiving module is also configured to receive the resource reset response message sent by the UE after the sending module sends the resource reset message;
所述发送模块, 还用于在所述接收模块接收到所述资源重置响应消息 之后, 所述向所述核心网设备发送修改承载通知消息, 以使所述核心网设 备修改所述新承载信息。 The sending module is further configured to, after the receiving module receives the resource reset response message, send a modification bearer notification message to the core network device, so that the core network device modifies the new bearer. information.
48、 一种核心网设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 48. A core network equipment, characterized by including:
第一发送模块, 用于向源侧网元节点发送包含业务信息的修改承载请 求消息; The first sending module is used to send a modification bearer request message containing service information to the source side network element node;
第一接收模块, 用于接收所述源侧网元节点发送的包含修改承载指示 的第一切换请求消息; A first receiving module, configured to receive a first handover request message containing a bearer modification indication sent by the source side network element node;
第二发送模块, 用于向目标侧网元节点发送包含承载信息的第二切换 请求消息, 所述承载信息为源侧已使用的承载信息和新承载信息; The second sending module is configured to send a second handover request message containing bearer information to the target side network element node, where the bearer information is the used bearer information and new bearer information on the source side;
第二接收模块, 用于接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的包含无线承载信 息的切换响应消息; The second receiving module is configured to receive a handover response message containing radio bearer information sent by the target side network element node;
所述第一发送模块, 还用于向所述源侧网元节点发送包含所述第二接 收模块接收的所述无线承载信息的切换消息, 触发所述源侧网元节点向所 述用户设备 UE发送包含所述无线承载信息的切换命令; The first sending module is also configured to send a handover message containing the radio bearer information received by the second receiving module to the source side network element node, triggering the source side network element node to send a message to the user equipment The UE sends a handover command including the radio bearer information;
所述第二接收模块, 还用于接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成 通知消息, 进行承载修改。 The second receiving module is also configured to receive the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, and perform bearer modification.
49、 根据权利要求 48 所述的核心网设备, 其特征在于, 所述第一接收 模块, 还用于: 49. The core network equipment according to claim 48, characterized in that the first receiving module is also used for:
根据所述第一切换请求消息中的修改承载指示, 挂起所述源侧已使用 的承载信息和 /或所述新承载信息, 等待修改。 According to the bearer modification indication in the first handover request message, the bearer information used by the source side and/or the new bearer information is suspended, waiting for modification.
50、 根据权利要求 48或 49所述的核心网设备, 其特征在于, 所述第 二切换请求消息还包括: 非接入层 NAS信息, 所述 NAS信息包含承载参 数和 /或会话管理参数。 50. The core network device according to claim 48 or 49, wherein the second handover request message further includes: non-access layer NAS information, and the NAS information includes bearer parameters and/or session management parameters.
51、 根据权利要求 48或 49所述的核心网设备, 其特征在于, 当所述 切换响应消息中的所述无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息和新 无线承载信息, 且所述切换响应消息不包括 NAS信息时, 所述第一发送 模块还用于: 51. The core network device according to claim 48 or 49, characterized in that when the radio bearer information in the handover response message is the radio bearer information used by the source side and the new radio bearer information, and the When the handover response message does not include NAS information, the first sending module is also used to:
在所述核心网设备向所述源侧网元节点发送所述切换消息之前, 将所 述 NAS信息填加到所述切换消息内。 Before the core network device sends the switching message to the source-side network element node, the NAS information is added to the switching message.
52、 根据权利要求 48-51任一项权利要求所述的核心网设备, 其特征 在于, 所述第二接收模块具体用于: 52. The core network equipment according to any one of claims 48 to 51, characterized in that the second receiving module is specifically used for:
当所述切换响应消息中的所述无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承 载信息和新无线承载信息时, 所述核心网设备接收所述目标侧网元节点发 送的切换完成通知消息, 修改所述源侧已使用的承载信息和所述新承载信 息; 或者, When the radio bearer information in the handover response message is the radio bearer information used by the source side and the new radio bearer information, the core network device receives the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, and modifies The bearer information used by the source side and the new bearer information; or,
当所述切换响应消息中的所述无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承 载信息时, 所述核心网设备接收所述目标侧网元节点发送的切换完成通知 消息, 修改所述源侧已使用的承载信息。 When the radio bearer information in the handover response message is the radio bearer information used by the source side, the core network device receives the handover completion notification message sent by the target side network element node, and modifies the source side used radio bearer information. The bearer information used.
53、 根据权利要求 52所述的核心网设备, 其特征在于, 当所述切换 响应消息中的所述无线承载信息为源侧已使用的无线承载信息时, 53. The core network device according to claim 52, wherein when the radio bearer information in the handover response message is the radio bearer information used by the source side,
所述第二接收模块, 还用于在进行承载修改之后, 接收所述目标侧网 元节点发送的修改承载通知消息, 修改所述新承载信息。 The second receiving module is also configured to receive a modified bearer notification message sent by the target side network element node after carrying out bearer modification, and modify the new bearer information.
54、 根据权利要求 48-53任一项所述的核心网设备, 其特征在于, 所 述核心网设备包括第一网元节点、 第二网元节点、 源服务器网关 SGW和 目标 SGW, 54. The core network device according to any one of claims 48-53, characterized in that the core network device includes a first network element node, a second network element node, a source server gateway SGW and a target SGW,
所述第一网元节点包括: 所述第一发送模块和所述第一接收模块; 所述第二网元节点包括: 所述第二发送模块和所述第二接收模块。 The first network element node includes: the first sending module and the first receiving module; The second network element node includes: the second sending module and the second receiving module.
55、 根据权利要求 54所述的核心网设备, 其特征在于, 55. The core network equipment according to claim 54, characterized in that,
所述第二发送模块, 还用于在向所述目标侧网元节点发送包含承载信 息的第二切换请求消息之前, 向所述目标 SGW发送创建会话请求消息, 以建立新的 载通道; The second sending module is also configured to send a create session request message to the target SGW to establish a new bearer channel before sending a second handover request message containing bearer information to the target side network element node;
所述第二接收模块, 还用于接收所述目标 SGW发送的创建会话响应 消息。 The second receiving module is also configured to receive a create session response message sent by the target SGW.
56、 根据权利要求 54或 55所述的核心网设备, 其特征在于, 所述第二发送模块, 还用于在接收到所述切换完成通知消息之后, 向 所述第一网元节点发送所述切换完成通知消息, 以使所述第一网元节点通 知所述源 SGW释放所述源侧已使用的承载信息; 56. The core network device according to claim 54 or 55, characterized in that the second sending module is further configured to send the switching completion notification message to the first network element node after receiving the handover completion notification message. The handover completion notification message is used to cause the first network element node to notify the source SGW to release the bearer information used by the source side;
所述第一接收模块, 还用于接收所述第二网元节点发送的切换完成通 知消息, 进行承载修改; The first receiving module is also configured to receive the switching completion notification message sent by the second network element node and perform bearer modification;
所述第一发送模块, 还用于在所述第一接收模块接收到所述切换完成 通知消息后,发送消息通知所述源 SGW释放所述源侧已使用的承载信息。 The first sending module is further configured to send a message to notify the source SGW to release the bearer information used by the source side after the first receiving module receives the handover completion notification message.
57、 根据权利要求 48-56任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述业务 信息包括: 业务类型信息、 业务名称信息、 带宽信息和速率信息中的至少 一种信息。 57. The method according to any one of claims 48 to 56, characterized in that the service information includes: at least one of service type information, service name information, bandwidth information and rate information.
58、 一种承载处理系统, 其特征在于, 包括权利要求 29-32任一项所 述的源侧网元节点、 权利要求 43-47任一项所述的目标侧网元节点以及权 利要求 48-57任一项所述的核心网设备。 58. A bearer processing system, characterized in that it includes the source-side network element node according to any one of claims 29-32, the target-side network element node according to any one of claims 43-47, and claim 48 -Core network equipment described in any one of 57.
PCT/CN2012/086682 2012-12-14 2012-12-14 Bearer processing method, apparatus and system WO2014089835A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2012/086682 WO2014089835A1 (en) 2012-12-14 2012-12-14 Bearer processing method, apparatus and system
CN201280002507.XA CN104041121B (en) 2012-12-14 2012-12-14 Bearing processing method, device and system

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2012/086682 WO2014089835A1 (en) 2012-12-14 2012-12-14 Bearer processing method, apparatus and system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014089835A1 true WO2014089835A1 (en) 2014-06-19

Family

ID=50933738

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2012/086682 WO2014089835A1 (en) 2012-12-14 2012-12-14 Bearer processing method, apparatus and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN104041121B (en)
WO (1) WO2014089835A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101291529A (en) * 2007-04-20 2008-10-22 华为技术有限公司 Method and apparatus for identifying bearing type
CN102036325A (en) * 2009-09-28 2011-04-27 华为终端有限公司 Method and equipment for establishing or modifying local IP (Internet Protocol) access bearer
WO2011137564A1 (en) * 2010-05-07 2011-11-10 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Common quality of service enforcement for a group of mobile entities
CN102695234A (en) * 2011-03-25 2012-09-26 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Service bearing transfer method and apparatus thereof

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101534532B (en) * 2008-03-12 2012-02-08 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Switch-based bearing establishing method and system thereof
US8891441B2 (en) * 2008-09-04 2014-11-18 Intel Corporation L2 tunneling-based low latency single radio handoffs
CN101686509B (en) * 2008-09-23 2014-03-26 株式会社Ntt都科摩 Base station gateway, method of base station gateway for realizing base station switching, and data processing method
CN101932056A (en) * 2009-06-24 2010-12-29 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for switchover among wireless access systems
CN101902737B (en) * 2010-07-29 2014-04-09 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and system for synchronizing integrity protection counter of SRB3 (Signaling Radio Bearer 3) and SRB4
CN101959270B (en) * 2010-11-01 2013-12-18 华为技术有限公司 Core network node switching method, equipment and system for user equipment (UE)

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101291529A (en) * 2007-04-20 2008-10-22 华为技术有限公司 Method and apparatus for identifying bearing type
CN102036325A (en) * 2009-09-28 2011-04-27 华为终端有限公司 Method and equipment for establishing or modifying local IP (Internet Protocol) access bearer
WO2011137564A1 (en) * 2010-05-07 2011-11-10 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Common quality of service enforcement for a group of mobile entities
CN102695234A (en) * 2011-03-25 2012-09-26 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Service bearing transfer method and apparatus thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN104041121A (en) 2014-09-10
CN104041121B (en) 2018-03-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7143502B2 (en) session context conversion
KR101519547B1 (en) Method and apparatus for updating location information of user equipment
US9888412B2 (en) Method and apparatus for UE mobility in a small cell system
US10674363B2 (en) Access control method, user equipment, and network device
KR101742716B1 (en) Method for acquiring ue capacity, terminal, and base station
JP6887495B2 (en) User equipment, wireless communication system and wireless communication method
US11627625B2 (en) UE behavior with rejection of resume request
WO2018126535A1 (en) Session management method and apparatus
WO2019097498A1 (en) Methods and apparatus for handover or redirection
US11445420B2 (en) User device, radio communication system, and radio communication method
US11310658B2 (en) Method and apparatus for determining status of terminal device, and device
CN112840701A (en) User plane establishment during handover from 5G system to evolved packet system
JP2023536679A (en) How to configure connected mode, base station and communication system
CN105101311B (en) Bearer switching method, equipment and system
WO2010127482A1 (en) A method, device and system for obtaining terminal capability information
WO2009127120A1 (en) A method,device and system for tracking user during the process of switching
US20220116798A1 (en) Data transmission method, apparatus, and device
TW201929571A (en) Network redirection method and terminal, access network device, mobile management device
EP4185011A1 (en) Relay communication method, and communication apparatus
WO2017166291A1 (en) Communication method, terminal, base station, and mobility management equipment
WO2012040918A1 (en) Method, apparatus and system for selecting target radio access technology
WO2010094235A1 (en) Method and system for supporting carrier aggregation during handover procedure
WO2014089835A1 (en) Bearer processing method, apparatus and system
WO2019140560A1 (en) Handover method and device, and computer storage medium
TWI836825B (en) Wireless communication method and user equipment thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 12889855

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 12889855

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1